D3E8008486F-Generic Scan Tool
D3E8008486F-Generic Scan Tool
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Repair Manual
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Generic Scan Tool
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Engine ID AVH AZG BBW BEV
rrectne
Edition 10.2014
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Repair Group
ST - Generic Scan Tool agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
20 - Fuel supply d by V o gu
ara
ise nte
r
24 - Multiport Fuel
ut
ho Injection (MFI) eo
ra
s a c
26 - Exhaust system, Emission controls
s
ce
le
un
pt
28 - Ignition/Glow plug System
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
38 - Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic Controls
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
Contents
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
2.9 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults Detected During the Current or Last Driving Cycle . . . . 19
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
3 General Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
h re
hole
spec
3.1 Preliminary Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
es, in part or in w
4 Readiness Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
t to the co
4.1 Readiness Code Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5 Engine DTC Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
rrectness of i
5.1 Engine Control Module , AZG, BEV and AVH engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
20 - Fuel supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
rm
m
atio
m
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
o
r
rp
cu
1.3 Fuel Pump, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
o
m
f
en
ng
Contents i
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
pt
du
y li
erm
wit
, is n
1.2 Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 G235 , Engine Code BBW, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
es, in part or in w
t to the co
atio
n in
thi
sd
iva
cu
o
en
ng
t.
yi Co
1.5 Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 N205 , Engine Code BBW, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cop py
rig 206
ht
1.6 Knock Sensor 1 G61 / Knock Sensor 2 G66 , Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
rig ht
py by
Vo
1.7 Ignition Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 with Power Output Stage N70, N127, N291, N292 , Checking . . . . 212
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ii Contents
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Contents iii
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
iv Contents
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “1.3 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Illumination”, page 2
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.4 CAN Data Link”, page 2
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
”GST” is an acronym for Generic Scan Tool Manual.
rrectne
Included in the contents of this GST manual is a summary table
of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Related Engine and
Transmission DTCs. This table contains all necessary Malfunc‐
ss
tion Criteria, Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling
o
cial p
f i
Conditions, Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and
nform
MIL Illumination to accurately monitor and diagnose the Engine
mer
atio
Emissions and Transmission and perform all functions required
om
i
or
sd
o
r
cum
r
fo
en
ng
This GST manual also contains the step by step pin point test
t.
yi Co
op
procedures to accurately diagnose the suspected component or C py
ht. rig
system once a DTC has been set. All references to repair proce‐ rig ht
py by
dures and wiring diagrams will be found within the diagnostic test
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
procedure. Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1.4 CAN Data Link
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
The ECM communicates with all databus capable control mod‐
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
perature Sensor) are connected by two data bus wires which are
twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange in‐
formation (messages) to the ECM. Missing information on the
rrectness of i
databus is then recognized and stored as a malfunction.
l purpos
The ECM illuminates the MIL through the CAN data link and tells
the MIL to turn on, turn off, or blink.
nf
ercia
o
1.5 Electronic Power Control Warning Lamp
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
(E-gas).
thi
te
sd
iva
o
The ECM monitors all EPC components after the ignition is
r
rp
cu
o
switched on. m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
If a malfunction is recognized in the EPC system during the op‐ C py
t. rig
eration of the engine, the ECM switches on the EPC which is
gh ht
yri by
located in the instrument cluster and an entry is stored in the DTC cop Vo
by lksw
cted
memory of the ECM.
agen
Prote AG.
2 Diagnostic Modes
Note
pt
an
d
itte
tem Data
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
wit
, is n
spec
Mode 1.
t to the co
a
com
tion in
Procedure
r
te o
thi
do
r
rp
cum
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.”. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
3
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG. 2. Diagnostic Modes
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
– From the following table, select the desired the “PID” that is to
be monitored, e.g. “PID 05-Coolant temperature”.
The current values of the component or system that is being
monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
PID Component or System
01: Monitoring status since erasing DTC memory
G. Volkswagen AG d
03: Condition of fuel systemlkswagen A oes
not
o
yV gu
04: Calculated load condition
ed b value ara
nte
ris
05: Coolant temperature
utho eo
ra
sa c
06: Short term gasoline-air ratio bank 1
s
ce
le
un
pt
07: Gasoline-air ratio bank 1
an
d
itte
y li
12: Engine rotations per minute (RPM)
rm
ab
pe
ility
13: Vehicle speed
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
15: Intake air temperature (IAT)
es, in part or in w
t to the co
16: Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow Sensor
17: Throttle valve position (absolute)
rrectness of i
18: Availability of Secondary Air
21: Bank 1 - sensor 2
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
t
– Switch the ignition off.
ion in
r
te o
End of procedure
thi
s
iva
do
r
cum
fo
en
g
Conditions
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode
gh ht
pyri by
07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this Prote AG.
fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze
frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two
priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the
freeze frame data is overwritten.
– Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim mal‐
function.
– Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.
Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information dis‐
played in diagnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
name at all and be referenced by only a number.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
Note
If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any
circumstances.
pt
y li
rm
ab
ility
wit
, is n
spec
Power Control (EPC) Warning Lamp which are both located in the
es, in part or in w
instrument cluster.
t to the co
The DTC's are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting
of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value.
rrectness of i
a
com
DTC code.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
P-Codes
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Component group
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
P x x x x DTC for the drivetrain
C py
t. rig
gh ht
Norm-Code pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
P 0 x x x Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified
cted agen
Prote AG.
malfunction texts
P 1 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided
by the manufacturer
P 2 x x x DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts,
from MY 2000
P 3 x x x Additional emission relevant DTCs provided
by the manufacturer from MY 2000
2. Diagnostic Modes 5
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
Component group
Repair group
P x 0 x x Fuel and air mixture and additional emission
regulations
P x 1 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 2 x x Fuel and air ratios
P x 3 x x Ignition
n AGsystem
. Volkswagen AG
kswage does
no
P x 4 x x by V Additional exhaust system t gua
ol
ed ran
P x 5 x x thoris Speed and idle control tee
or
u
P x 6 x sx
s a
Control module and output signals ac
ce
P x 7 x le x Transmission
un
pt
an
d
itte
P x 8 x x Transmission
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
U-Codes
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Component group
U x x x x DTC for network (CAN bus)
rrectness of i
Norm-Code
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tio
2.5 Diagnostic Trouble Code Memory,
n in
r
te o
thi
Checking
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Procedure
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Connect the scan tool. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Switch the ignition to the “ON” position. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory”. Prote AG.
End of procedure
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
played in diagnostic mode 04 may be referred to by different
ility
ot p
wit
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no
, is n
h re
name at all and be referenced by only a number.
hole
spec
Procedure
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
rrectness of i
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 03 - Interrogating Fault Memory”.
l purpos
or
The scan tool will display: “Diagnostic data are being erased”.
m
m
atio
om
thi
e
End of procedure
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Sensor Monitoring Test Results
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.
The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 05 repre‐
sent the min & max operating values for a properly operating
system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan
tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on
the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary,
or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending
2. Diagnostic Modes 7
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
ce
e
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Note
ot p
wit
, is n
If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at h re
hole
spec
least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any
es, in part or in w
circumstances.
t to the co
orm
m
n in
or c
thi
sd
iva
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
pt
ab
ility
ot
132 P1176 Delta offset through oxygen -0.05 0.05 Sec‐ Refer to DTC P1176 in the
wit
, is n
h re
($84) sensor control behind catalytic Seconds onds OBD DTC summary table.
hole
t to the co
procedure.
a
com
tion in
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
9
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen 2. Diagnostic Modes
Prote AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Behind Catalytic Converter
Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 05 - Check Lambda Test Results”.
Select “Test-ID 02 ($02)”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.
– Check specified values at idle.
Engine Codes AZG, AVH
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
(TID)
(Hex-ID)
01 ($01) — Rich to Lean sensor threshold 600 mV — —
voltage. For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.1 OBD System Strategy.
Page 33.
02 ($02) — Lean to Rich sensor threshold 600 mV — —
voltage. For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.1 OBD System Strategy.
Page 33.
07 ($07) — Minimum sensor voltage for test 0 mV 500 mV —
cycle. For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.1 OBD System Strategy.
Page 33. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG doe
swa
08 ($08) P0138 Maximum sensor voltage y V for
olk 700 mV 1048 s nRefer
ot g
ua
to DTC P0138 in the DTC
test cycle. For additional
rised b
infor‐ mV summary
ran
tee
table. ⇒ page 32 .
mation, refer to uthe
tho Bosch Mo‐ or
tronic ME 7.1sOBDsa System ac
Strategy. Page 33.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
h re
spec
(TID)
es, in part or in w
(Hex-ID)
t to the co
Page 33.
02 ($02) — Lean to Rich sensor threshold 455 mV — —
nf
ercia
atio
n in
Page 33.
or c
thi
e
sd
iva
cu
m
f
en
ng
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
y li
rm
ab
(TID)
pe
ility
(Hex-ID)
ot
wit
, is n
h re
08 ($08) P0138 Maximum sensor voltage for 500 mV 1048 Refer to DTC P0138 in the DTC
hole
test cycle. For additional infor‐ mV summary table. ⇒ page 32 .
spec
mation, refer to the Bosch Mo‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
tronic ME 7.1 OBD System
Strategy. Page 33.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐
ues. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 to
nform
ercia
check for stored DTC's or the corresponding diagnostic Repair
m
procedure.
a
com
tion in
– Switch the ignition off.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
End of diagnosis.
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 3
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Connect the scan tool. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Start the engine and run at idle. cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Diagnostic Modes 11
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
special components and systems which are continuously or not
rm
ab
pe
ility
continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete,
ot
wit
the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved
, is n
h re
and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with
hole
the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become avail‐
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 06 repre‐
sent the min & max operating values for a properly operating
system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan
rrectness of i
tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on
l purpos
the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary,
or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending
on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process.
nform
ercia
e.g.:
m
a
com
t
Minimum Value
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Aftermarket Scan Tool display 0.35
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
t.
yi Co
op
displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different C py
ht. rig
names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On- rig ht
py by
Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no co Vo
by lksw
cted
name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
agen
Prote AG.
Test requirements
• Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic
converter and the cylinder heads.
• No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
• Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
Note
If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any
circumstances.
ce
le
un
05 ($05) P0420 Catalytic converter monitoring 0.90 — Refer to DTC P0420 in the
pt
an
d
y li
erm
ab
ility
refer to the Bosch Motronic ME ⇒ page 41 .
ot p
wit
7.1 OBD System Strategy. Page
is n
h re
4.
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
07 ($07) P0420 Catalytic converter monitoring 3.5 — Refer to DTC P0420 in the
Bank 1. Oxygen retention capa‐ OBD DTC Summary Table for
t to the co
bility via cat cleaning. For addi‐ all monitoring values.
tional information, refer to the ⇒ page 41 .
Bosch Motronic ME 7.1 OBD
System Strategy. Page 4. rrectne
08 ($08) — Catalytic converter monitoring 0.80 — —
ss
f i
atio
Strategy. Page 4.
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
t.
yi Co
op py
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
t. C rig
gh ht
(TID) yri
p by
o Vo
(Hex-ID)
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
02 ($02) — Catalytic converter monitoring 4911.1 — —
bank 1. For additional informa‐
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic
ME 7.1 OBD System Strategy.
Page 4.
03 ($03) — Catalytic converter monitoring 4911.1 — —
bank 1 (short test). For addition‐
al information, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.1 OBD System
Strategy. Page 4.
2. Diagnostic Modes 13
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤ aut ra
c
s
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
y li
erm
ab
(TID)
ility
ot p
(Hex-ID)
wit
, is n
h re
07 ($07) P0420 Active diagnosis. For additional 0 — Refer to DTC P0420 in the
hole
spec
information, refer to the Bosch OBD DTC Summary Table for
es, in part or in w
Motronic ME 7.1 OBD System all monitoring values.
t to the co
Strategy. Page 4. ⇒ page 41 .
08 ($08) P0420 Diagnosis. For additional infor‐ 0 — Refer to DTC P0420 in the
mation, refer to the Bosch Mo‐ OBD DTC Summary Table for
rrectness of i
tronic ME 7.1 OBD System all monitoring values.
l purpos
Strategy. Page 4. ⇒ page 41 .
09 ($09) — Diagnosis with tester. For addi‐ 0 — —
tional information, refer to the
nform
ercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
tronic ME 7.1 OBD System
priv
c
Strategy. Page 4.
um
for
en
ng
t.
32($20) — Aging test. For additional infor‐ 550 — —
yi Co
op py
mation, refer to the Bosch Mo‐ t. C rig
gh ht
tronic ME 7.1 OBD System yri
p by
o Vo
Strategy. Page 4. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
pt
an
itte
y li
erm
h re
spec
es, in part or in w
(Hex-ID)
l purpos
01 ($01) P0411 Reduced secondary air mass 0.35 (44 — Refer to DTC P0411 in the
bank 1. For additional informa‐ Dec) OBD DTC Summary Table
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic for all monitoring values.
nform
ercia
at
om
ion
01 ($01) P0411 Reduced secondary air mass 0 (0 — Refer to DTC P0411 in the
c
in t
or
Page 22.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Diagnostic Modes 15
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Test-ID Vol DTC
ksw Component or System not
gu
Min. Max. Additional Information
(CID) ed by ara
nte
(Hex-ID) ris
ho eo
aut ra
01 ($01) s P0411 Reduced secondary air mass
s 0.20 (25 c — Refer to DTC P0411 in the
ce
le
pt
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic for all monitoring values.
an
d
itte
y li
ME 7.1 OBD System Strategy. ⇒ page 41 .
erm
ab
Page 22.
ility
ot p
wit
09 ($09) P0411 Reduced secondary air mass 0.20 (25 — Refer to DTC P0411 in the
is n
h re
bank 1. For additional informa‐ Dec) OBD DTC Summary Table
ole,
spec
tion, refer to the Bosch Motronic for all monitoring values.
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Page 22.
rrectne
Engine Code BBW, BEV
ss
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
o
cial p
f i
(TID)
nform
(Hex-ID)
mer
atio
m
01 ($01) P0411 Reduced secondary air mass 0 — Refer to DTC P0411 in the
o
n
c
n thi
e
sd
va
o
pr
cum
r
Page 22.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
02 ($02) — Very low secondary air mass 0 (Dec.) — —
Co
op py
bank 1, short test. For additional
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
information, refer to the Bosch
p by
o Vo
by c
Motronic ME 7.1 OBD System
lksw
cted agen
Prote
Strategy. Page 22.
AG.
ce
le
un
pt
04 ($04) — Active test: Deviation of oxygen 0.07 — —
an
d
itte
y li
sensor regulator in lean direc‐ (2294
erm
ab
tion (can only be checked if OK), Dec.)
ility
also short test. For additional in‐ ot p
wit
is n
formation, refer to the Bosch
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
05 ($05) — Active test: Deviation of oxygen -0.07 — —
sensor regulator in rich direction (2294
(can only be checked if OK), al‐ Dec.)
rrectne
so short test. For additional in‐
formation, refer to the Bosch
Motronic ME 7.1 OBD System
ss o
Strategy. Page 17.
cial p
f inform
06 ($06) — Active test: Air balance in idle 32.9% — —
mer
atio
m
n
c
i
or
n thi
Strategy. Page 17.
te
sd
iva
o
r
07($07) P0441 Function check. For additional 32.9% — Refer to DTC P0441 in the
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Motronic ME 7 OBD System Dec.) for all monitoring values.
Co
op py
Strategy. Page 17. ⇒ page 41 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Diagnostic Modes 17
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
02 ($02) — Pinhole leak. For additional in‐ 1.9 - 0 — —
itte
y li
formation, refer to the Bosch (0-1900
erm
ab
ility
Motronic ME 7.1 OBD System Dec)
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
129 ($81) — System not OK during initial — — —
hole
spec
flush. For additional information,
es, in part or in w
t to the co
7.1 OBD System Strategy. Page
17.
rrectness of i
110 ($6E) — Reed contact does not open. — 25 (25 Dec) —
For additional information, refer
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
($7D) additional information, refer to Dec)
m
m
atio
the Bosch Motronic ME 7.1 OBD
om
n in
System Strategy. Page 17.
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
t. rig
gh ht
yri
(TID) p by
co Vo
by lksw
(Hex-ID) Prote
cted AG.
agen
End of diagnosis.
Test-ID 09 ($09): Coolant Thermostat
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 06 - Check Test Results of Compo‐
nents that are not Continuously Monitored”.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Select “Test-ID 09 ($09)”. lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
– Select the desired “Test-ID (TID)” or “Hex-ID”.rised b ara
nte
ho eo
– Check specified values at idle. aut ra
ss c
ce
le
Test-ID DTC Component or System Min. Max. Additional Information
un
pt
an
(TID) d
itte
y li
(Hex-ID)
rm
ab
pe
ility
02 ($02) — Large/small leak. For additional 1.9 - — —
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Strategy. Page 17. 00 Dec)
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified val‐
rrectness of i
ues. Refer to ⇒ page 5 to check for stored DTC's or the
corresponding diagnostic Repair procedure.
l purpos
nform
ercia
End of diagnosis.
m
a
com
t
2.9 Diagnostic Mode 07 - Read Faults De‐
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Cycle
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
Note
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Start the engine and run at idle.
2. Diagnostic Modes 19
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
Note
If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at
least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.
pt
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Always follow the manufacturers instructions for the scan tool be‐
spec
ing used.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Test requirements
rrectness of i
atio
m
Function test
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Note
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will
Co
op py
be aborted.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 08 - Tank Leak Test”.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Select “ Tank Leak Test”.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.
wit
, is n
h re
– The following may be displayed on the scan tool screen:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Tank leak test Specified value
t to the co
♦ Test function active Test OK
♦ Test function is being initiated, please
rrectness of i
wait
l purpos
♦ Test off
♦ Test aborted
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
System OK.
p
cum
for
en
g
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– Repeat the tank leak test, switch the ignition off and start the
rig
gh ht
yri by
engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle. op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Switch the ignition off.
AG.
Note
Test requirement
• No DTC's stored in the DTC memory.
Procedure
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select “Diagnostic Mode 09 - Vehicle Information”.
– Select the desired “Test-ID”.
– The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool
screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all“Test-IDs” that may be
selected.
2. Diagnostic Modes 21
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
♦ 000D105
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3 General Diagnosis
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
cedure.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
hole
⇒ page 5 .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
complaint.
If the DTC returns:
rrectness of i
– Perform the diagnostic procedure.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
– Check the suspected component, electrical harness and elec‐
om
n in
or c
broken terminals.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
3. General Diagnosis 23
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
4 Readiness Code
Test requirements
pt
du
an
itte
y li
ab
ility
ot p
h re
spec
C.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
WARNING
l purpos
atio
m
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test: Repeat the drive
h re
hole
spec
through and passed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
When Repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed EVAP mon‐
l purpos
nform
ercia
a
com
thi
s
do
r
rp
cum
fo
t.
yi Co
– Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have Cop py
t. rig
successfully run through and passed. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off. Prote
cted AG.
agen
End of procedure.
4. Readiness Code 25
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
ce
le
un
pt
Sensor 1) Oxygen Sen‐
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Three Way
pe
ility
Catalytic Con‐
ot
wit
, is n
verter, Check‐
h re
ing”,
hole
spec
page 139 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
P0032 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ • Heater – On • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
er Control ⇒ “2.1 Oxygen tery +| onds.
Circuit High Sensor Heater >0.1-10 mA • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, Z19 for Heated rrectness of i
Sensor 1) Oxygen Sen‐
l purpos
verter, Check‐
ing”,
m
a
com
ti
page 139 .
on in
r
te o
P0036 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to • Open circuit • Heater – Off • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
thi
s
iva
• 2 DCY
r
rp
t.
yi
Catalytic Con‐
Co
Cop py
verter G130 , ht. rig
rig ht
Checking py by
co Vo
lksw
Heater Circuit”,
by
cted agen
Prote
page 146 .
AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
P0038 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ • Heater – On • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
du
an
itte
y li
• 2 DCY
erm
ab
Circuit High Sensor after
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
verter G130 ,
hole
spec
Checking
es, in part or in w
Heater Circuit”,
t to the co
page 146 .
P0101 Mass or Vol‐ – Refer to • Relation • Fuel/air mix‐ • 60 Sec‐ • Continuous
ume Air Flow ⇒ “2.4 Mass Air measured ture adapta‐ onds.
rrectness of i
Circuit Flow Sensor mass air tion on. No • 2 DCY
.
l purpos
nform
ercia
flow Rela‐
tion> 1.19
m
at
om
ion
c
• and Fuel
in t
or
adaptation
his
ate
fault <-0.2
do
priv
c
Relation <
um
for
en
g
0.8 and
n
t.
yi Co
Fuel adap‐
Cop py
. rig
tation > 0.2
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
P0102 Mass or Vol‐ – Refer to • Lower • Fuel system • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
agen
Prote AG.
ume Air Flow ⇒ “2.4 Mass Air threshold monitor run‐ onds.
Circuit Low Flow Sensor Mass air< ning. Closed • 2 DCY
Input G70 , Check‐ 1.6 - 140 loop fuel • 40 Sec‐
ing”, kg /h. adaptation ac‐ onds
page 148 . tive and no
• Depending DTC
on engine
speed and
throttle
valve posi‐
tion.
• Plausibility
with fuel
system.
• Air mass
correction
factor
<-20%
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0103 Mass or Vol‐ – Refer to • Upper • Fuel system • 60 Sec‐ • Continuous
ume Air Flow ⇒ “2.4 Mass Air threshold monitor run‐ onds.
Circuit High FlowaSensor
n AG. VolkswagMass
en AG air> ning. Closed • 2 DCY
ge does
Input G70
olksw , Check‐ 64 - 459 kg
not / loop fuel
yV gu
ed b ing”, h. ara adaptation ac‐
ris nte
ho page 148 . tive
e o and no
aut • Depending DTC ra
c
ss
on engine
ce
e
speed and
nl
pt
du
throttle
an
itte
y li
valve posi‐
erm
ab
tion.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
• Plausibility
h re
with fuel
hole
spec
system.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• Air mass
correction
factor >
rrectness of i
+19%
l purpos
atio
n in
thi
e
sd
iva
cu
• 2 DCY
o
en
ng
t.
cuit High In‐ ture Sensor op
yi Co
put G42 , Check‐
C py
t. rig
gh
ing”, page 155
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
P0116 Engine Cool‐ – Refer to Prote
cted • Engine re‐
AG.
agen
• Engine shut • 15 Sec‐ • Continuous
ant Temper‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine start temp off time ->7 h. onds.
ature Circuit Coolant Tem‐ difference Engine shut • 2 DCY
Range/Per‐ perature Sen‐ <9.75° C off temp. –
formance sor G62 , >90° C
Checking”,
page 160 .
P0117 Engine Cool‐ – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
ant Temper‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine ground Sec‐
ature Circuit Coolant Tem‐ >129.75° C onds. • 2 DCY
Low perature Sen‐
sor G62 ,
Checking”,
page 160 .
P0118 Engine Cool‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
ant Temper‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine tery + Sec‐
ature Circuit Coolant Tem‐ <-36.75° C onds. • 2 DCY
High perature Sen‐
sor G62 ,
Checking”,
page 160 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0121 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Compari‐ • Engine speed • 0.5 • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “4.2 Acceler‐ son signal – >1320 RPM. Sec‐
Sensor “A” aator
ge n APedal
G. VolksPo‐
wagen AG Sensor 1 vs
does n
Sensor 2 mal‐ onds.
Circuit yV
olksw sition Sensor Sensorot g 2 functioning,
Range/Per‐ ise
db G79 and Accel‐ delta > uaran Replaced with
formance
thor
erator Pedal 6.3% or tee
or default signal
ss au Position Sen‐ Sensor 1 / 2 ac(calculated ->
sor 2 G185 , with detec‐ mass air)
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
erm
ab
• Implausible
ility
ot p
signal com‐
wit
is n
parison sig‐
h re
ole,
nal Sensor
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
1 vs Sensor
t to the co
2 default
delta >9%
rrectne
P0122 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Lower • Engine speed • 0.5 • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “4.2 Acceler‐ threshold – >1320 RPM. Sec‐
Sensor A ator Pedal Po‐ <0.18 V onds.
ss
Circuit Low sition Sensor
o
cial p
f i
Input G79 and Accel‐
nform
erator Pedal
mer
Position Sen‐
atio
om
sor 2 G185 ,
n
c
i
or
Checking”,
thi
te
page 131 .
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
en
ng
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0130 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Short to bat‐ • Exhaust temp. • 50 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Circuit, ⇒ “3.1 Heated tery Volt‐ – 300-700° C onds.
(Bank 1 - Oxygen Sen‐ age. Sensor volt‐
Sensor 1) sor G39 , age –3.7-4.84
Checking”, • Virtual V. Dew point -
page 171 . Mass >3 V Exceeded
• Voltage
Nernst
Cell> 4V. .
• Voltage
drop on ref‐
erence re‐
sistance
>1.5V.
• Short to
Ground
Voltage Vir‐
tual Mass <
2V.
• Voltage
Nernst Cell
< 1.75 V
• Voltage
drop on ref‐
erence re‐
sistance <
Volkswagen AG
AG.0.3V.
swagen does
k
ol not
yV gu
edb • Heater cou‐ ara
nte
ris
tho pling Delta eo
ss
au sensor volt‐ ra
c
age >0.2 V
ce
e
nl
for 18 times
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
• 2 DCY
, is n
–1520-4000
spec
Sensor 1) Checking”,
es, in part or in w
• Load change -
<1.5%.
rrectness of i
• Number of
complete cy‐
l purpos
cles - >90.
nf
• Actual Lamb‐
ercia
da value –
rm
m
atio
0.95-1.04.
om
n in
c
• Lambda con‐
or
thi
e
trol – Closed
t
sd
iva
loop
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0134 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Compari‐ • 2nd control • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
Circuit No ⇒ “3.1 Heated son front loop –Closed onds.
Activity De‐ Oxygen Sen‐ sensor sig‐ loop. • 2 DCY
tected (Bank sor G39 , nal vs. rear
1, Sensor 1) Checking”, sensor sig‐ • Lambda con‐
page 171 . nal. trol – Control
loop.
• Lambda
does not • Monitor of
correspond sensor aging
to rear sen‐ downstream
sor. catalyst –
Completed.
• Lambda =1
where • Catalyst temp.
Lambda <700° C
should be
≠1 or Lamb‐
da =1 where
rear Lamb‐
gen AG. Volkswagen AG d da shows
wa oes
yV
olks lean
not or rich
gu
b ara
ed
thoris • or Lambda
nte
eo
au is lean or r ac
ss rich, where
ce
e
rear Lamb‐
nl
pt
du
an
da should
itte
y li
be the op‐
erm
ab
ility
posite.
ot p
wit
, is n
• Front sen‐
h re
hole
sor voltage
spec
high.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• Voltage
>4.484 V or
Voltage
rrectness of i
4.84V –
3.7V
l purpos
• 2 DCY
m
atio
n in
sd
a
temp. - >380°
iv
Three Way
o
• Internal re‐
r
rp
cu
Catalytic Con‐ C.
o
sis‐
f
en
ng
verter, Check‐
t.
tance<20 Ω • Heater control
yi Co
ing”,
op py
>500 Ω – Active.
t. C rig
page 139 . gh ht
pyri by
• Tube wall
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
temp. model
agen
Prote AG.
of linear sen‐
sor –<650° C.
• Heater control
– Active
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
P0137 O2 Sensor –olksRefer wag to • Short
does
nto
ot • Catalyst temp. • 35 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Circuit Low ed by V
⇒ “4 Oxygen ground orguara –300-800° C. onds.
Voltagehoris Sensor After core con‐ ntee
(Bank au 1,
t
Three Way nec‐ • o2nd
ra control • or 600
ss
Sensor 2) Catalytic Con‐ tion<0.06 V loop
c – Closed Sec‐
loop. onds if
ce
le
verter G130 ,
un
pt
tank
an
d
Checking”,
itte
• Lambda con‐
y li
page 177 . empty
erm
ab
trol –Closed
ility
ot p
loop.
wit
is n
h re
• Dew point ex‐
ole,
ceeded down‐
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
stream cat. –
t to the co
>40 Seconds.
Sensor heat‐
ed up
rrectne
P0138 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Short to bat‐ • Catalyst temp. • 50 Sec‐ • Continuous
Circuit High ⇒ “4 Oxygen tery + >1.5 –300-800° C. onds.
ss
• 2 DCY
o
Voltage Sensor After V Sensor heat‐
cial p
f in
(Bank 1, Three Way ed up
form
mer
Checking”,
n
c
i
or
page 177 .
thi
te
sd
va
P0139 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Rear lambda • Mass air flow • 500 • Continuous
i
o
pr
cum
r
• 2 DCY
en
ng
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0141 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Heater cur‐ • Dew point ex‐ • 15 Sec‐ • Continuous
Heater Cir‐ ⇒ “4 Oxygen rent >calcu‐ ceeded down‐ onds.
cuit (Bank 1, Sensor After lated resist‐ stream cata‐ • 2 DCY
Sensor 2) Three Way ance (1540 lyst –>40 Sec‐ • 5 Sec‐
Catalytic Con‐ -38300 Ω) onds. onds
verter G130 ,
Checking”, • (T-Cat. de‐ • Catalyst temp.
page 177 . pendent -(200° - 750°
calculated) C) (392 -
1112° F)
P0171 System Too – Refer to System too • Range 2: En‐ • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous •
Lean (Bank ⇒ “1.4 Fuel rich <-21%.wagen Agine
G. VoRPM –n AG doe onds.
lkswage
1) Pressure, Volks 1320-5000 s no
t gu • 2 DCY
Checking”, • System ed b too
y
RPM. ara
hlean
is +19%. nte
page 112 . ut
or eo
a • Load: ra
s• Within
s
20.25-80.25%.
c
– Check the Fuel
ce
adaptive
le
un
pt
Pressure Sen‐ range • Mass air –
an
d
itte
sor - G247- .
y li
35-150 kg /h.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
jectors N30,
ole,
• Range 3:
spec
N31, N32, N33,
urposes, in part or in wh
Checking”, Load:
t to the co
page 167 . >54.75%.
rrectne
⇒ “3.1 Heated
Oxygen Sen‐ • Fuel adapta‐
s
sor G39 , tion – Active
s o
Checking”,
cial p
f in
page 171 .
form
mer
atio
– Refer to
om
n
⇒ “4 Oxygen
c
i
or
n
Sensor After thi
te
sd
a
Three Way
iv
o
pr
Catalytic Con‐
um
r
fo
verter G130 ,
en
ng
t.
yi
Checking”,
Co
Cop py
page 177 . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Refer to Prote
cted AG.
agen
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
Checking”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions
agen ALength
G. V mination.
olkswagen AG do
ue Vol
ksw es n
ot g
y ua
db r
P0172 System Too – Refer to • System too • oriRange
se 2: En‐ • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
an
tee
Rich (Bank ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ rich <-21%. auth gine RPM – onds. or
1) jectors N30, ss 1320-5000 • 2 DCY ac
ce
le
RPM.
un
pt
Checking”, lean +19%.
an
d
itte
• Load:
y li
page 167 .
erm
• Within
ab
20.25-80.25%.
ility
adaptive
ot p
– Refer to
wit
range • Mass air –
is n
⇒ “3.1 Heated
h re
35-150 kg /h.
ole,
Oxygen Sen‐
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
sor G39 , • Fuel adapta‐
t to the co
Checking”, tion – Active.
page 171 .
• Range 3:
– Refer to Load:
rrectne
⇒ “4 Oxygen >54.75%.
Sensor After • Mass air -
ss
Three Way
o
>200 kg /h.
cial p
f
Catalytic Con‐
inform
verter G130 , • Fuel adapta‐
mer
atio
m
page 177 .
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
– Refer to
t
sd
va
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
i
o
pr
cum
r
Canister Purge
fo
en
ng
Regulator
t.
yi Co
op
Valve 1 N80 , C py
t. rig
Checking”,
gh ht
pyri by
page 124 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
P0201 Injector Cir‐ – Refer to • open circuit --- • 0.5 • Continuous
AG.
ce
e
P0221 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Implausible • Sensor 1 mal‐ • 0.5 • 2 DCY
nl
pt
du
an
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throttle signal. functioning, Sec‐
itte
y li
Sensor B Valve Control Replaced with onds.
erm
ab
Circuit Module J338 , • comparison default signal
ility
ot p
Range/Per‐ Checking”, signal. (calculated ->
wit
, is n
formance page 152 . mass air)
h re
• Sensor 1
hole
spec
vs. Sensor
es, in part or in w
2. default
t to the co
delta >9%
rrectness of i
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throttle threshold – >1320 RPM Sec‐
Sensor B Valve Control <0.16 V onds.
l purpos
nf
ercia
page 152 .
orm
m
atio
m
n in
or c
thi
e
sd
iva
o
Checking”,
r
rp
cu
o
m
page 152 .
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
P0230 Fuel Pump – Refer to • Short to bat‐ ---
. Cop
• 0.5 • Continuous
py
Primary Cir‐ ⇒ “1.3 Fuel tery+ Sec‐
t rig
gh ht
yri
• 5 Seconds
by
cuit Pump, Check‐ onds.
cop Vo
• Open cir‐
by lksw
ing”, page 110 cted agen
Prote
cuit.
AG.
• Short to
ground
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0268 Cylinder 3 In‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ tery+ Sec‐
High jectors N30, onds. • 5 Seconds
N31, N32, N33,
Checking”,
page 167 .
P0270 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ ground Sec‐
Low jectors N30, onds. • 5 Seconds
N31, N32, N33,
Checking”,
page 167 .
P0271 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ tery + Sec‐
High jectors N30, onds. • 5 Seconds
N31, N32, N33,
Checking”,
page 167 .
P0300 Random/ – Refer to • Multiple • Load change --- • 2 DCY
Multiple Cyl‐ ⇒ “1.4 Fuel misfire within 2
inder Misfire Pressure, revs<21-35%.
Detected Checking”,
page 112 . • RPM change
within 2 revs
– Refer to 200-3600
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ RPM.
jectors N30, • Time from en‐
N31, N32, N33, gine start –
Checking”, Idle -150 RPM
page 167 . + 1 cam rev.
– Refer to • Engine load –
⇒ “1.7 Ignition 13-100%.
Coil g1,en2,
AG3,
. V4
olkswagen AG
owith
lksw Power
a does
not • Engine speed
y V Output Stage ara -520 - 6280
b gu
d
e nteRPM.
ho
ris N70, N127, eo
aut N291, N292 , ra
ss
Checking”, • Engine c torque
> 0
ce
le
page 212 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
• Rough road –
y li
erm
ab
Not detected.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
36
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool
agen
Prote AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0301 Cylinder 1 – Refer to • Emission • Load change • 1000 • Continuous
Misfire De‐ ⇒ “1.4 Fuel threshold within 2 Rev.
tected Pressure, misfire rate revs<21-35%. • 2 DCY
Checking”, (MR) > 3%· 200 Rev.
• RPM change • Immed.
page 112 .
• Catalyst within 2 revs
– Refer to damage 200-3600
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ misfire rate RPM.
jectors N30, (MR) 1.5 -
20% • Time from en‐
N31, N32, N33, gine start –
Checking”, Idle -150 RPM
page 167 . + 1 cam rev.
– Refer to • Engine load –
⇒ “1.7 Ignition 13-100%.
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4
with Power • Engine speed
Output Stage -520 - 6280
N70, N127, RPM.
N291, N292 ,
Checking”, • Engine torque
page 212 . >0
• Rough road –
Not detected.
Checking”,
nl
pt
an
page 167 .
itte
+ 1 cam rev.
y li
erm
ab
– Refer to
ility
• Engine load –
ot p
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4
h re
hole
RPM.
t to the co
N70, N127,
N291, N292 ,
Checking”, • Engine torque
>0
rrectness of i
page 212 .
• Rough road –
l purpos
Not detected.
• Shifting com‐
nform
ercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0303 Cylinder 3 – Refer to • Emission • Load change • 1000 • Continuous
Misfire De‐ ⇒ “1.4 Fuel threshold within 2 Rev.
tected Pressure, misfire rate revs<21-35%. • 2 DCY
Checking”, (MR) > 3%· 200 Rev.
• RPM change • Immed.
page 112 .
• Catalyst within 2 revs
– Refer to damage 200-3600
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ misfire rate RPM.
jectors N30, (MR) 1.5 -
20% • Time from en‐
N31, N32, N33, gine start –
Checking”, Idle -150 RPM
page 167 . + 1 cam rev.
– Refer to • Engine load –
⇒ “1.7 Ignition 13-100%.
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4
with Power • Engine speed
Output Stage -520 - 6280
N70, N127, RPM.
N291, N292 ,
Checking”, • Engine torque
page 212 . >0
• Rough road –
Not detected.
• Shifting com‐
mand (AT on‐
ly) – No signal
page 167 .
nl
pt
+ 1 cam rev.
du
an
itte
y li
ab
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
ility
13-100%.
ot p
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4
wit
, is n
t to the co
N291, N292 ,
Checking”, • Engine torque
page 212 . >0
rrectness of i
• Rough road –
Not detected.
l purpos
• Shifting com‐
mand (AT on‐
nform
ercia
ly) – No signal
m
at
om
io
in t
r
his
e
do
riv
cum
or
en
ng
t.
page 163 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
38
c by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool Prote AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
n AG. Volkswagen AG
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction ksw
age Secondary Pa‐does nMonitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria
y Vol and ot g
rameters with En‐ Time ua checks, MIL Illu‐
d b r
rThreshold
ise Val‐ able Conditions Length an
tee o mination.
tho
au ue ra
c
ss
P0327 Knock Sen‐ – Refer to • Lower • Engine speed • 0.5 • Continuous
ce
le
un
pt
sor 1 Circuit ⇒ “1.6 Knock threshold > 2520 RPM. Sec‐
an
d
onds. • 2 DCY
itte
Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1 G61 / 0.35 – 1.84
y li
erm
ab
or Single Knock Sensor V
ility
ot p
Sensor) 2 G66 , Check‐
wit
is n
ing”, page 208
h re
ole,
P0328 Knock Sen‐ – Refer to • Upper • Engine speed • 0.5 • Continuous
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
High (Bank 1 Sensor 1 G61 / 12.1 – 46.8
or Single Knock Sensor V
Sensor) 2 G66 , Check‐
rrectne
ing”, page 208
P0332 Knock Sen‐ – Refer to • Lower • Engine speed • 0.5 • Continuous
s
sor 2 Circuit ⇒ “1.6 Knock threshold > 2520 RPM. Sec‐
s
onds. • 2 DCY
o
Low (Bank 2) Sensor 1 G61 / 0.35 – 1.84
cial p
f in
Knock Sensor V
form
mer
2 G66 , Check‐
atio
ing”, page 208
om
n
c
i
P0333 Knock Sen‐ – Refer to • Upper • Engine speed • 0.5 • Continuous
or
n thi
e
sd
a
onds. • 2 DCY
v
o
pr
cum
r
2) Knock Sensor V
fo
en
ng
2 G66 , Check‐
t.
yi Co
op
ing”, page 208
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
P0340 Camshaft – Refer to • Compari‐ --- • 2 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
p by
co Vo
by lksw
Position ⇒ “1.4 Cam‐ son of ac‐
Prote
cted AG.
agen
onds.
Sensor "A" shaft Position tual and cal‐
Circuit (Bank Sensor G40 , culated
1, or single Checking”, crankshaft
sensor) page 203 . angle (cal‐
culated
from cam‐
shaft posi‐
tion)
• Difference >
+ / - 10°
crankshaft
angle
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0343 Camshaft – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
Position ⇒ “1.4 Cam‐ tery + onds.
Sensor “A” shaft Position • 2 DCY
Circuit High Sensor G40 ,
Input (Bank Checking”,
1, or single page 203 .
sensor)
P0351 Ignition Coil – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
A Primary/ ⇒ “1.7 Ignition ground, Sec‐
Secondary Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 Open cir‐ onds. • 5 Seconds
Circuit with Power cuit, or
Output Stage Short to bat‐
N70, N127, tery +
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 .
P0352 Ignition Coil – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
B Primary/ ⇒ “1.7 Ignition ground, Sec‐
Secondary Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 Open cir‐ onds. • 5 Seconds
Circuit with Power cuit, or
Output Stage Short to bat‐
N70, N127, tery +
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
P0353 Ignition Coil – Refer to yV
o• Short to
lks --- ot g • 0.5 • Continuous
ua
C Primary/ ⇒ “1.7 Ignitioned b ground, ran Sec‐
Secondary Coil 1, u2,
is • 5 Seconds
tho3, 4 Open cir‐ oonds.
r tee
Circuit with sPower
sa cuit, or ra
c
Output Stage Short to bat‐
ce
le
un
N291, N292 ,
y li
rm
ab
Checking”,
pe
ility
page 212 .
ot
wit
, is n
t to the co
Checking”,
l purpos
page 212 .
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0411 Secondary – Refer to • Flow check • Secondary air • 60 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Air Injection ⇒ “2.4 Secon‐ after the mass for onds.
System In‐ dary Air Injec‐ normal SAS mean value –
correct Flow tion Pump Mo‐ injection . 0.2-0.6 . • Once/
Detected tor V101 , DCY
Checking”, • Average of • IAT – >41° F.
page 197 5 checks
• Fuel control –
• Mean value Closed loop.
<0.32 or Ab‐
solute <0.2 • Engine speed
– Idle.
• Oxygen sen‐
sor front – No
fault.
• ECT – 204.8°
F.
• Engine start
temp. differ‐
ence - >15 kΩ
gine start –
e
nl
pt
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
du
340 Seconds.
an
itte
Canister Purge
y li
erm
ab
Checking”,
, is n
C
h re
page 124 .
hole
• Misfire – No
spec
es, in part or in w
Seconds
nf
• Closed loop
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0441 Evaporative – Refer to Reduction • Engine speed • 30 Sec‐ • Once/DCY •
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP of bypass - Idle. onds.
System In‐ System, airflow<6% • 2 DCY
correct Checking for or >-7%. • GTime
. Volkswafter
agen
agen start >600 AG does
A
Purge Flow Leaks”, ksw not
• Lambda Vol de‐ Seconds.
page 123 . db
y gu
ara
riviation
se or nte
o
ut Deviation
h • ECT > 60° C eo
– Refer to a Or Substitute
ra
⇒ “3.3 EVAP s
s idle con‐ c
trol>-0.4 ECT > 80.25°
ce
le
Canister Purge
un
pt
kg /h C.
an
d
Regulator
itte
y li
Valve 1 N80 , • Lambda con‐
erm
ab
Checking”,
ility
trol – Closed
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Refer to
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
⇒ “3.4 Leak
t to the co
Detection
Pump V144 ,
Checking”,
rrectne
page 127 .
P0442 Evaporative – Refer to • Pressure • Purge Valve – • 140 • Once/DCY
s
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP drop within Closed. Sec‐
s
• 2 DCY
o
System Leak System, predeter‐ onds.
cial p
f i
mined time • LDP – Activa‐
n
Detected Checking for
form
ted.
mer
atio
page 123 . onds.
m
• Altitude - <
o
n
c
i
2600 m.
or
n
– Refer to
thi
te
sd
a
o
pr
c
Canister Purge difference>52
um
r
fo
Regulator en
ng
kΩ.
t.
yi Co
Valve 1 N80 , op py
• Time after en‐
C
Checking”,
t. rig
gh ht
yri
gine start –5 -
by
page 124 . op Vo
by c
1200 Sec‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
onds.
AG.
– Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Leak • IAT – 41-203°
Detection F
Pump V144 ,
Checking”, • ECT –
page 127 . 41-212° F.
• Intake low
pressure ->
130 mbar.
• Vehicle speed
– >6.2 mph.
• Deep down
hill driving
time – Not (RL
<21.75%) and
Not (delta ve‐
hicle speed >
0 mph)
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0444 Evaporative – Refer to • Open Cir‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP cuit, Short Sec‐
System System, to battery + onds. • 5 Seconds
Purge Con‐ Checking for
trol Valve Leaks”,
Circuit Open page 123 .
ce
e
page 124 .
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Refer to
erm
ab
⇒ “3.4 Leak
ility
ot p
Detection
wit
, is n
Pump V144 ,
h re
hole
Checking”,
spec
page 127 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
P0445 Evaporative – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP ground Sec‐
System System, onds. • 5 Seconds
rrectness of i
Purge Con‐ Checking for
trol Valve Leaks”,
l purpos
– Refer to
or
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
m
m
atio
Canister Purge
om
n in
Regulator
or c
Valve 1 N80 ,
thi
te
sd
a
Checking”,
iv
o
r
rp
cu
page 124 .
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Refer to Cop py
⇒ “3.4 Leak
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Detection
op Vo
by c lksw
cted Pump V144 ,
agen
Prote AG.
Checking”,
page 127 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0455 Evaporative – Refer to • Pressure • Purge Valve – • 140 • Once/DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP drop within Closed Sec‐
System Leak System, en AG. predeter‐
Volkswagen AG onds. • 2 DCY
mined time • sLDP ot g – Activa‐
ag doe n
Detected Checking Vol for
ksw
(Large leak) Leaks”,
d by < 0.95 Sec‐ ted. ua
ran • 280
ise Sec‐
page
hor
123 . onds. tee
• Altitude - <or a
au
t
onds
ss 2600 m. c
– Refer to
ce
e
nl
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
pt
• Restart temp.
du
an
Canister Purge
itte
difference >52
y li
erm
Regulator
ab
k Ω.
ility
Valve 1 N80 ,
ot p
wit
Checking”,
, is n
h re
page 124 . gine start –5 -
hole
1200 Sec‐
spec
onds.
es, in part or in w
– Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “3.4 Leak
Detection • IAT – 41-203°
Pump V144 , F
rrectness of i
Checking”, • ECT –
page 127 . 41-212° F
l purpos
• Deep down
hill driving
nform
ercia
at
<21.75%) and
om
io
Not (delta ve‐
n
c
in t
r
his
te
0 mph).
a
do
priv
cum
or
• Intake low
f
en
ng
pressure ->
t.
yi Co
op
130 mbar.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
• Vehicle speed
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
– >15.5 mph.
agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
nl
pt
du
an
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
itte
y li
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
erm
ab
ue
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
P0456 Evaporative – Refer to • Pressure • Purge Valve – • 140 • Once/DCY
h re
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP drop within Closed Sec‐
hole
spec
System Leak System, predeter‐ onds. • 2 DCY
es, in part or in w
t to the co
(Very small Leaks”, < 5.8 Sec‐ ted.
leak) page 123 . onds. • Altitude - <
rrectness of i
2600 m.
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
l purpos
• Restart temp.
Canister Purge difference>52
Regulator kΩ.
nf
ercia
Valve 1 N80 ,
or
• Time after en‐
m
Checking”,
m
atio
gine start –5 -
m
page 124 .
o
n in
1200 Sec‐
or c
onds.
thi
– Refer to
te
sd
a
⇒ “3.4 Leak
iv
o
r
• IAT – 41-203°
rp
cu
Detection
o
m
F
f
en
ng
Pump V144 ,
t.
yi Co
Checking”,
op
• ECT –
C py
t. rig
page 127 . opyri
gh
41-212° F
by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted • Deep down
agen
Prote AG.
hill driving
time – Not (RL
<21.75%) and
Not (delta ve‐
hicle speed >
0 mph).
• Intake low
pressure ->
130 mbar.
• Vehicle speed
– >6.2
mph<93.2
mph.
• Vehicle accel‐
eration –
>-0.9m /s2
and<0.9m /s2.
• Engine load
change –RL
>-9.0% and
RL <9.0%
• Fuel cut-off
speed <5
km / h
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0506 Idle Air Con‐ – Refer to • Idle correc‐ • Engine speed • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
trol System ⇒ “2.5 Throttle tion devia‐ - Idle. onds.
RPM Lower Valve Control tion< 200 • 2 DCY
Than Expec‐ Module J338 , RPM • Vehicle speed
ted Checking”, - 0 mph.
page 152 . • ECT > 54.75°
C.
• No coasting.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
wLoad
o lks - oes
not
byV <35.25%. gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
auth • Engine speed ra
ss – Idle c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
P0507 Idle Air Con‐ – Refer to • Idle correc‐ • Engine speed • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
itte
y li
trol System ⇒ “2.5 Throttle tion devia‐ - Idle. onds.
rm
ab
• 2 DCY
pe
ility
• Vehicle speed
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
page 152 .
spec
• ECT > 54.75°
es, in part or in w
C.
t to the co
• No coasting.
Load -
rrectness of i
<35.25%.
l purpos
• Engine speed
– Idle
nform
ercia
a
com
t
onds. • 2 DCY
io
Link Engine Control formation.
n in
Module J220 ”,
r
te o
thi
page 182 • Short to bat‐
s
iva
do
tery +.
r
rp
cum
fo
• Short to
en
ng
t.
yi
ground.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
• Core con‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
nection
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0606 ECM / PCM – Refer to • Messages • Time after • 20 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Processor ⇒ “5 Motronic are not val‐ start – 5 Sec‐ onds.
w
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Engine
agen Control id. oes onds •
ks
Vol Module J220 ”,
not g • 25 Sec‐
by
• Control byte
uara • or Engine onds •
ris
ed page 182 nte
o not correct. e ospeed - Idle
30 Sec‐ •
th
s au ra
and
c Delta •
s • Compari‐ lambda - onds • Continuous
ce
le
son of inter‐
un
pt
<0.5% • 600
an
d
nal resist‐ •
itte
y li
ance with Sec‐
erm
ab
onds •
ility
adjustment
ot p
resist‐
wit
is n
h re
ance>15 Ω.
ole,
spec
• 2 DCY
urposes, in part or in wh
• Output volt‐
t to the co
age
0.01-4.91
V.
rrectne
• Output
pressure
s
500-1200
s o
hpa.
cial p
f inform
• Torque con‐
mer
atio
trol exceeds
om
stored con‐
n
c
i
or
trol ranges
thi
te
sd
(99%) >600
iva
o
r
Seconds
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
• Internal log‐
t.
yi Co
op
ic and
C py
t. rig
gh
checksum
ht
pyri by
control
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P0638 Throttle Ac‐ – Refer to 80% of maxi‐ • Ignition – on. • 0.6 • Continuous
tuator Con‐ ⇒ “2.5 Throttle mum current Sec‐
trol Range / Valve Control >0.6 Seconds. • Engine speed onds. • 2 DCY
Performance Module J338 , Open to t > - 0 RPM.
(Bank 1) Checking”, 0.14 Sec‐ • 5 Sec‐
• ECT - > 42° F onds
page 152 . onds.> ref.
point 15 %.
Then Close to t
> 0.56 Sec‐
onds.< ref.
point <6%.
Comparison of
upper and low‐
er reference
points with
stored limits
• 80% of
maximum
current >0.6
Seconds.
• Open to t >
0.14 Sec‐
onds.
• > ref. point
15 %.
• Then Close
AG. Volkswagen AG d
swagento t > 0.56 oes
k not
Vol Seconds.< gu
by ara
orised
ref. point nte
aut
h <6%. eo
ra
ss c
• Compari‐
ce
e
nl
pt
son of up‐
du
an
itte
ab
er reference
ility
ot p
points with
wit
, is n
stored limits
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P1136 Mixture – Refer to • System too • Fuel adapta‐ • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
adaption ⇒ “4 Oxygen rich <-9.5%. tion – Active. onds
(add.) sys‐ Sensor After • 2 DCY
tem too lean Three Way • System too • Fuel control –
(Bank1) Catalytic Con‐ lean +9.5%. Closed loop.
verter G130 , • Within • EVAP purge
Checking”, adaptive valve –
page 177 . range Closed.
• Engine temp.-
>65.25° C or
Substitute
temp. –
>80.25° C.
• Time after
start – 206
Seconds.
• Fuel adapta‐
tion – Active.
• Engine RPM
<1120 RPM.
• Mass air - <25
kg /h.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen oes
not • Fuel adapta‐
d by
Vo gu
ara tion range 2–
rise nte Completed
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
P1137 Mixture – Refer to • System too • Fuel adapta‐ • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
ce
e
pt
du
• 2 DCY
an
y li
ab
verter G130 , •
wit
, is n
adaptive valve –
hole
page 177 .
spec
range Closed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• Engine temp.-
>65.25° C or
Substitute
rrectness of i
temp. –
>80.25° C.
l purpos
• Time after
start – 206
nform
ercia
Seconds.
m
at
• Fuel adapta‐
om
ion
tion – Active.
c
in t
or
his
te
• Engine RPM
a
do
riv
<1120 RPM.
p
cum
for
en
ng
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P1176 Lambda cor‐ – Refer to • Integral por‐ • 2nd control • 40 Sec‐ • Continuous
rection ⇒ “4 Oxygen tion of sen‐ loop –Closed onds
downstream Sensor After sor down‐ loop. • 2 DCY
of catalyst Three Way stream cat‐
control limit Catalytic Con‐ alyst >0.03 • Lambda con‐
reached verter G130 , trol – Closed
(Bank 1) Checking”, loop.
page 177 . • Monitor of
sensor aging
downstream
wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n catalyst Com‐
yV
olks ot g
ua
pleted
d b ran
ir se te
P1296 Malfunction
utho
– Refer to • Measured ---e or • 15 Sec‐ • Continuous
in cooling
ss
a
⇒ “2.7 Engine temp. lower ac
onds
system Coolant Tem‐ than model • 2 DCY
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
sor G62 ,
y li
erm
• >Delta 10.5°
ab
Checking”,
ility
C.
ot p
page 160 .
wit
, is n
• Measured
h re
hole
temp.<75.75°
spec
C
es, in part or in w
t to the co
>ECM is
rm
m
wrong co‐
atio
om
ded
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
o
r
rp
• Immediate
f
t.
yi
ished trol Module
Co
Cop py
J220 , Replac‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ing”, p by
co Vo
lksw
page 184 .
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
P1780 Torque with‐ – Refer to Repair • Torque re‐ • Torque reduc‐ • 1 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
drawal faulty Group 38, Au‐ duction not tion requested onds
tomatic Trans‐ possible by TCM
mission. yes/no
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P1854 Data-Bus – Refer to • Initialize • 500 ms after • 300 ms • 2 DCY
driving gear ⇒ “2.4.1 CAN- failure and/ ign. on
Hardware Bus terminal or no ac‐
faulty resistance, knowledge.
Transmission agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Control Module • 2 attempts olksw
oes
not
J217 to Mo‐ of initialize d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
tronic Engine hor eo
Control Module aut ra
s c
J220 , Check‐ s
ce
e
nl
ing”,
pt
du
an
page 235 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
P1855 Data-Bus- – Refer to • Compari‐ • CAN commu‐ • 1 Sec‐ • Continuous
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
version mon‐ resistance, with sent
hole
spec
itoring. Transmission value on
es, in part or in w
t to the co
J217 to Mo‐
tronic Engine • Values not
Control Module equal
rrectness of i
J220 , Check‐
l purpos
ing”,
page 235 .
P1866 Data-Bus- – Refer to • No signal • CAN bus ok • 300 ms • 2 DCY
nform
ercia
at
om
io
sages. resistance,
n
c
in t
r
Transmission
o
his
te
Control Module
a
do
riv
J217 to Mo‐
p
cum
or
tronic Engine
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Control Module
Co
op py
J220 , Check‐ t. C rig
gh ht
ing”, yri
p by
o Vo
by c
page 235 .
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
P2101 Throttle Ac‐ – Refer to • 80% of --- • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
tuator Con‐ ⇒ “2.5 Throttle maximum onds
trol Motor Valve Control current >5 • 2 DCY
Circuit Module J338 , Seconds. or
Range / Per‐ Checking”, Throttle
formance page 152 . valve angle
deviation
delta max=
4 - 30%.
• Voltage
ranges
Sensor
1:0.23 -
0.83 V
• Voltage
ranges
Sensor
1:0.23 -
0.83 V
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P2127 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Lower --- • 0.5 • Continuous
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throttle threshold < Sec‐
Sensor / Valve Control 0.33 V onds • 2 DCY
Switch “E” Module J338 ,
Circuit Low Checking”,
Input page 152 .
P2128 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Upper --- • 0.5 • Continuous
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throttle threshold > Sec‐
Sensor / Valve Control 4.94 V onds • 2 DCY
Switch “E” Module J338 ,
Circuit High Checking”,
Input page 152 .
P2133 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Upper --- • 0.5 • Continuous
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throttle threshold > Sec‐
Sensor / Valve Control 4.82 V onds • 2 DCY
Switch “F” Module J338 ,
Circuit High Checking”,
Input page 152 .
P2138 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Compari‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throttle son signal Sec‐
Sensor / Valve Control sensor 1 vs. onds • 2 DCY
Switch D/E Module J338 , sensor 2.
Voltage Cor‐ Checking”,
relation page 152 . • Delta > 0.21
- 1.23 V
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P2177 System Too – Refer to • System too • Engine RPM – • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
Lean Off Idle ⇒ “1.6 Fuel
en ADe‐
G. Volkswrich
agen <-21%.
AG do 1320-5000 onds
(Bank 1) livery,
ol
ag
kswCheck‐ es n
ot g RPM • 2 DCY
by
V
ed ing”,
• System too uara
horis
page 116 . lean> • Load:
nte
eo
s aut +19%. 20.25-80.25%.
ra
c
s
– Check the Fuel • Within • Mass air –
ce
e
nl
Pressure Sen‐
pt
du
an
sor .
itte
y li
range
erm
ab
• Fuel adapta‐
ility
– Refer to
ot p
tion – Active.
wit
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐
, is n
h re
jectors N30, • Mass air –
hole
>200 kg /h.
spec
N31, N32, N33,
es, in part or in w
Checking”,
t to the co
• Load:
page 167 . >54.75%.
– Refer to • Fuel adapta‐
rrectness of i
⇒ “4 Oxygen tion – Active
Sensor After
l purpos
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
nform
ercia
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
m
at
page 177 .
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Refer to his
ate
⇒ “2.1 Oxygen
do
riv
Sensor Heater
p
cum
for
t.
yi
Oxygen Sen‐
Co
op py
sor G39 before
. C rig
ht ht
rig
Three Way
py by
co Vo
Catalytic Con‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
verter, Check‐
AG.
ing”,
page 139 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
Checking”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
P2178 System Too – Refer to • System Vol
kswtoo •
a
Engine RPM o–es•not 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
Rich Off Idle ⇒ “1.6 Fuel De‐ erich
d b <-21%.
y 1320-5000 onds
gu
ara
(Bank 1) livery, Check‐ thoris RPM nte
eo
• 2 DCY
ing”, u • System too ra
sa lean> • Load: c
page 116 . s
ce
le
+19%. 20.25-80.25%.
un
pt
an
– Check the Fuel • Within d
itte
• Mass air –
y li
Pressure Sen‐
erm
ab
adaptive 35-150 kg /h.
ility
sor .
ot p
range
wit
• Fuel adapta‐
is n
h re
– Refer to tion – Active.
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
N31, N32, N33, >200 kg /h.
Checking”, • Load:
page 167 . >54.75%.
rrectne
– Refer to • Fuel adapta‐
⇒ “4 Oxygen tion – Active
ss
Sensor After
o
cial p
f i
Three Way
nform
Catalytic Con‐
mer
verter G130 ,
atio
m
Checking”,
o
n
c
i
or
n
page 177 .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
– Refer to
pr
cum
r
fo
⇒ “2.1 Oxygen
en
ng
t.
Sensor Heater
yi Co
op py
Z19 for Heated t. C rig
gh ht
Oxygen Sen‐ yri
p by
o Vo
sor G39 before
c by lksw
cted agen
Three Way
Prote AG.
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
ing”,
page 139 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
Checking”,
page 124 .
P2181 Cooling Sys‐ – Refer to • Measured • Engine start • Once • 2 DCY
tem Perform‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine temp. below temp.
ance Coolant Tem‐ threshold< –-10-30° C.
perature Sen‐ 80.25° C
sor G62 , and integra‐ • Average air
Checking”, ted air mass –20-140
page 160 mass: 4-12 kg /h. (de‐
kg pending on
vehicle
speed).
• Average vehi‐
cle speed –
12-74 mph.
• Total time fuel
cut off –<120
Seconds.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P2187 System Too – Refer to • System too • Fuel adapta‐ • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
Lean at Idle ⇒ “1.6 Fuel De‐ rich <-9.5%. tion – Active. onds
(Bank 1) livery, Check‐ • 2 DCY
ing”, • System too • Fuel control –
page 116 . lean> Closed loop.
+9.5%.
• EVAP purge
– Check the Fuel • Within valve –
Pressure Sen‐ adaptive Closed.
sor . range
• ECT - >65.25°
– Refer to C or Substi‐
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ tute temp. –
jectors N30, >80.25° C
N31, N32, N33,
Checking”, • Time AGafter
. Volkswagen AG
agen does
page 167 . olksw start – 206 not
V
d by Seconds. gu
ara
ise nte
– Refer to or eo
th • Fuel adapta‐
⇒ “4 Oxygen au ra
ss tion – Active. c
Sensor After
ce
e
nl
Three Way
pt
• Engine RPM –
du
an
Catalytic Con‐
itte
<1120 RPM.
y li
erm
verter G130 ,
ab
ility
Checking”, • Air mass <25
ot p
wit
page 177 . kg /h.
, is n
h re
hole
• Fuel adapta‐
spec
– Refer to
tion range 2
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.1 Oxygen
t to the co
Sensor Heater Completed
Z19 for Heated
Oxygen Sen‐
rrectness of i
sor G39 before
Three Way
l purpos
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
nf
ercia
ing”,
o
page 139 .
rm
m
atio
om
– Refer to
n in
or c
sd
a
Canister Purge
iv
o
r
Regulator
rp
cu
o
m
f
Valve 1 N80 ,
en
ng
t.
yi
Checking”,
Co
op py
page 124 .
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
Rich at Idle ⇒ “1.6 Fuel De‐ rich <-9.5%. tion – Active. onds
nl
pt
du
• 2 DCY
an
(Bank 1) livery, Check‐
itte
y li
ing”, • System too • Fuel control –
erm
ab
lean> Closed loop.
ility
page 116 .
ot p
+9.5%.
wit
, is n
• EVAP purge
h re
– Check the Fuel • Within valve –
hole
Pressure Sen‐
spec
adaptive Closed.
sor .
es, in part or in w
range
t to the co
• ECT - >65.25°
– Refer to C or Substi‐
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ tute temp. –
rrectness of i
jectors N30, >80.25° C
N31, N32, N33,
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
– Refer to
rm
• Fuel adapta‐
m
⇒ “4 Oxygen
atio
m
tion – Active.
Sensor After
o
n in
or c
thi
te
Catalytic Con‐
sd
a
<1120 RPM.
iv
o
r
verter G130 ,
rp
cu
o
en
ng
t.
page 177 . kg /h.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
• Fuel adapta‐
ht
yri
– Refer to
by
tion range 2
op Vo
⇒ “2.1 Oxygen
c by lksw
Completed
cted agen
Sensor Heater
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P2400 Evaporative – Refer to • Open circuit --- • 0.5 • 5 Seconds
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP Sec‐
System Leak System, onds
Detection Checking for
Pump Con‐ Leaks”,
trol Circuit/ page 123 .
Open
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
enChecking”,
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ag
V o lksw page 124 . oes
not
by gu
ara
ed
– Refer to thoris nte
eo
⇒ “3.4 Leak au ra
c
Detection ss
ce
le
Pump V144 ,
un
pt
an
d
Checking”,
itte
y li
page 127 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
s
Regulator
s o
Valve 1 N80 ,
cial p
f in
Checking”,
form
mer
page 124 .
atio
om
n
c
– Refer to
i
or
n thi
⇒ “3.4 Leak
te
sd
a
Detection
iv
o
pr
Pump V144 ,
um
r
fo
en
ng
Checking”,
t.
yi Co
page 127 . Cop py
ht. rig
P2402 Evaporative – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • 5 Seconds
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Emission ⇒ “3.4 Leak tery + Sec‐
by c lksw
cted agen
System Leak Detection Prote
onds
AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Proce‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage dure Criteria and rameters with En‐ Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination.
ue
P2403 Evaporative – Refer to • Contact un‐ • Error mes‐ • 20 Sec‐ • Once/DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP able to sage after onds
System Leak System, close. purge valve • 2 DCY
Detection Checking for check
Pump Sense Leaks”, • Signal al‐
Circuit/Open page 123 . ways low
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
Checking”,
page 124 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Refer
lksw
ageto
n oes
not
y Vo⇒ “3.4 Leak gu
db ara
rise Detection nte
tho Pump V144 ,
eo
au ra
ss Checking”, c
ce
e
page 127 .
nl
pt
du
an
P2404 Evaporative – Refer to • Contact un‐ • LDP On • 13 Sec‐ • Once/DCY
itte
y li
erm
• 2 DCY
ility
wit
• Signal high
h re
>12.5 Sec‐
spec
formance
t to the co
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister Purge
rrectness of i
Regulator
Valve 1 N80 ,
l purpos
Checking”,
page 124 .
nform
ercia
– Refer to
m
at
⇒ “3.4 Leak
om
io
Detection
n
c
in t
or
Pump V144 ,
his
ate
Checking”,
do
riv
page 127 .
p
cum
for
en
g
t.
yi Co
op
perature Too ⇒ “2.7 Engine ECT lower DCY
C py
t. rig
Low Coolant Tem‐ than model
gh ht
yri by
perature Sen‐ ECT <10.5°
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
sor G62 , K.
agen
Prote AG.
Checking”,
page 160 • Measured
ECT <60° C
ce
e
nl
pt
tarded(Bank Code BBW,
du
adapted start
an
position angle> • ECT -48 -
itte
1) Checking”,
y li
erm
143° C
ab
page 206 +/-15° KW
ility
ot p
• Camshaft
wit
, is n
adaptation –
h re
hole
Completed spec
es, in part or in w
• Camshaft fi‐
t to the co
nal stage –
No fault
rrectness of i
at
– >-40° C
om
Sensor A)
on
c
in t
r
• Camshaft
o
his
te
position sen‐
a
do
riv
sor – No fault
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
P0030 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to • Load drop • Heater – On • 0.5
Co
Cop py • Continuous
er Control ⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐ on heater Sec‐
t. rig
gh ht
Circuit (Bank gen Sensor
yri
onds • 2 DCY
p by
co Vo
by lksw
1, Sensor 1) Heater Z19 for Prote
cted AG.
agen
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor
G39 before
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
ing”,
page 139 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0031 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to • Short to • Heater – On • 0.5 • Continuous
er Control ⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐ ground Sec‐
Circuit Low gen Sensor onds • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, Heater Z19 for
Sensor 1) Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor
G39 before
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
ing”,
page 139 .
P0032 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ • Heater – On • 0.5 • Continuous
er Control ⇒ “3.2 EVAP tery + Sec‐
Circuit High System, onds • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, Checking for
Sensor 1 Leaks”,
page 123 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Leak
Detection
Pump V144 ,
Checking”,
page 127 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
P0036 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer lkswage
to • Lines bro‐ es•not Heater – On • 0.5 • Continuous
Vo
er Control ⇒ by“2.1 Oxy‐ ken gu
ara Sec‐
ed
Circuit (Bank horis gen Sensor nte onds • 2 DCY
eo
1, Sensor 2) aut
Heater Z19 for ra
c
ss Heated Oxy‐
ce
le
gen Sensor
un
pt
an
G39 before
d
itte
y li
Three Way
rm
ab
pe
Catalytic Con‐
ility
ot
verter, Check‐
wit
, is n
ing”,
h re
hole
page 139 .
spec
es, in part or in w
G39 before
Three Way
nform
ercia
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
m
ing”,
com
tion in
page 139 .
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
60
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool Prote AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ d b Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ uarMonitoring
an Frequency of
ir se
sage cedure tho Criteria and rameters with Time
tee
o
checks, MIL Illu‐
au Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length ra
c mination.
ss
ue tions
ce
le
un
pt
P0038 HO2S Heat‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ • Heater – On • 0.5 • Continuous
an
d
itte
y li
er Control ⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐ tery + Sec‐
erm
ab
Circuit High gen Sensor onds • 2 DCY
ility
(Bank 1, Heater Z19 for ot p
wit
is n
Sensor 2) Heated Oxy‐
h re
ole,
gen Sensor
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
G39 before
t to the co
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
ing”,
rrectne
page 139 .
P0042 HO2S Heat‐ Refer to Lines broken • Heater – On • 0.5 • Continuous
ss o
er Control ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen Sec‐
cial p
f
• 2 DCY
in
Circuit (Bank Sensor Heater for onds
form
mer
atio
in Bank 1 Center
om
n
c
i
or
n
lytic Converter
thi
te
sd
a
G465 , Engine
iv
o
r
Code BBW,
p
cum
r
fo
Checking”,
en
ng
t.
yi
page 143
Co
Cop py
t. rig
P0043 HO2S Heat‐ Refer to Short to ground • Heater – On • 0.5 • Continuous
gh ht
yri by
er Control ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen Sec‐
cop Vo
by lksw
Circuit Low Sensor Heater for Prote
cted AG.
agen
onds • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, Oxygen Sensor
Sensor 3) in Bank 1 Center
Three Way Cata‐
lytic Converter
G465 , Engine
Code BBW,
Checking”,
page 143
P0044 HO2S Heat‐ Refer to Short to battery • Heater – On • 0.5 • Continuous
er Control ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen + Sec‐
Circuit High Sensor Heater for onds • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, Oxygen Sensor
Sensor 3) in Bank 1 Center
Three Way Cata‐
lytic Converter
G465 , Engine
Code BBW,
Checking”,
page 143
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0101 Mass or Vol‐ – Refer to • Relation • Lambda • 60 Sec‐ • Continuous
ume Air Flow ⇒ “2.4 Mass measured adaptation – onds
Circuit Air Flow Sen‐ mass air Active • 2 DCY
Range / Per‐ sor G70 , flow and
formance Checking”, calculated • Lambda
page 148 . mass air adaptation
flow > 1.19 part load –
and Fuel Active
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
adaptation ks•wagLambda con‐ does
<-0.2 Rela‐ y Vol
trol – Closed
not
gu
db
tion rmeas‐
e
ara
is loop nte
ured
ut mass
ho eo
ra
ssair
a
flow and • EVAP Valve c
calculated - Closed
ce
le
un
pt
mass air
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
and Fuel
ility
ot p
adaptation
wit
is n
> 0.2
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Circuit Low Air Flow Sen‐ mass air - < adaptation – • 2 DCY
Input sor G70 , 3.0 - 130 kg/ Active and
Checking”, h Depend‐ no fault
rrectne
page 148 . ing on en‐
gine speed • Lambda
s
adaptation
s
and throttle
o
part load –
cial p
f
valve pos.
in
Active
form
mer
• Relation
measured • Lambda con‐
atio
om
trol – Closed
n
mass air
c
i
or
n
flow and loop EVAP
thi
te
valve -
sd
a
calculated
iv
o
r
closed
p
c
mass air
um
r
fo
flow <0.8
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
P0103 Mass or Vol‐ – Refer to • Upper — yri
gh
• 5 Sec‐ •
by Continuous
ht
ume Air Flow ⇒ “2.4 Mass threshold • Fuel system onds
op Vo
by c lksw
Circuit High Air Flow Sen‐ mass air >
Prote
cted
monitor run‐ AG. • agen 2 DCY
Input sor G70 , 60 - 440 kg/ ning. • —
Checking”, h Depend‐
page 148 . ing on en‐ • Lambda
gine speed adaptation –
and throttle Active and
valve pos. no fault
• Relation • Lambda
measured adaptation
mass air part load –
flow and Active
calculated • Lambda con‐
mass air trol – Closed
flow >1.19 loop
• EVAP valve -
closed
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0112 Intake Air – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
Temperature ⇒ “2.6 Intake ground Sec‐
Sensor 1 Cir‐ Air Tempera‐ >129.75° C onds • 2 DCY
cuit Low In‐ ture
en ASensor
G . Volkswagen AG
wag does
put yV
olks G42 , Check‐ not
gu
ised b ing”, ara
nte
hor
page 155 . eo
aut ra
P0113 Intake
ss Air – Refer to • Short to bat‐ c --- • 0.5 • Continuous
ce
Temperature ⇒ “2.6 Intake tery > -45.7° Sec‐
le
un
pt
Sensor 1 Cir‐ Air Tempera‐ C onds • 2 DCY
an
d
itte
y li
cuit High In‐ ture Sensor
erm
ab
put G42 , Check‐
ility
ot p
ing”,
wit
is n
page 155 .
h re
ole,
spec
P0116 Engine Cool‐ – Refer to Change on sig‐ • ECT (at en‐ • 120 • 2 DCY
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
ature Circuit Coolant Tem‐ 45-75° C onds • Once/DCY
Range/Per‐ perature Sen‐ 115-129° C
formance sor G62 ,
rrectne
Checking”, • Substitute
page 160 . temp. >60° C
s
Engine heating
s o
cial p
up:
f in
• Vehicle form
mer
speed – 2-24
atio
m
mph
o
n
c
i
or
• Mass air
thi
te
sd
a
flow– 4-52
iv
o
pr
kg/h
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
• Time re‐
yi Co
op
quired >60
C py
ht. rig
sec.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
• Frequency –
agen
Prote AG.
Once
And Engine
cooling down:
• Vehicle
speed –
44-74 mph
• Mass air
flow– >52 kg/
h
• Time re‐
quired >60
sec. Fre‐
quency –
Once
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0118 Engine Cool‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
ant Temper‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine tery + Sec‐
ature Circuit Coolant Tem‐ <-36.75° C onds • 2 DCY
High perature Sen‐
sor G62 ,
Checking”,
page 160 .
P0121 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Compari‐ • Engine • 10 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “4.2 Accel‐ son signal speed sen‐ onds
Sensor “A” erator Pedal Sensor 1 sor 2 mal‐
Circuit Position Sen‐ vs. Sensor functioning,
Range/Per‐ sor G79 and 2 default replaced with
formance Accelerator delta > 9 % default signal
Pedal Position (calculated -
Sensor 2 > mass air)>
G185 , Check‐ 480 1/min
ing”,
page 131 .
P0122 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Lower • Engine • 10 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “4.2 Accel‐ threshold speed – onds
Sensor A erator Pedal <0.18 V >1320 RPM.
Circuit Low Position Sen‐
Input sor G79 and
Accelerator
Pedal Position
Sensor 2
G185 , Check‐
ing”,
page 131 .
P0123 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Upper • Engine • 0.5 • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “4.2 Accel‐ threshold speed – Sec‐
Sensor “A” erator Pedal >4.63 V >1320 RPM. onds
Circuit High Position Sen‐
sor G79 and AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Accelerator Volksw
oes
not
Pedal Position ed by gu
ara
nte
Sensor 2 tho ris
eo
G185 , Check‐
s au ra
c
ing”, s
ce
e
nl
page 131 .
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
64
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool
agen
Prote AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0130 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Short to bat‐ — • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
Circuit, Bank ⇒ “4 Oxygen tery Voltage onds
1 - Sensor 1 Sensor After • 2 DCY
Three Way • Virtual
Catalytic Con‐ Mass >3 V
verter G130 , • Voltage
Checking”, Nernst
page 177 . Cell> 4 V.
• Voltage
drop on ref‐
erence re‐
sistance agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
>1.5 V. olksw not
yV b gu
ara
ed
• Shortthto
or
is nte
e or
Ground
au ac
ss
Voltage Vir‐
ce
e
pt
du
an
2 V.
itte
y li
erm
ab
• Voltage
ility
ot p
Nernst
wit
, is n
Cell< 1.75
h re
hole
Voltage
spec
drop on ref‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
erence re‐
sistance <
0.3 V.
rrectness of i
P0133 O2 Circuit – Refer to Ratio of slopes: • Engine load • 100 • Continuous
l purpos
nf
ercia
speed –
o
Sensor 1) Catalytic Con‐ LSU signal
rm
1520-3520
m
atio
m
Checking”, RPM.
o
n in
c
page 177 .
or
• Load change
thi
te
sd
a
- <3%.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
• Number of
f
en
ng
t.
complete cy‐
yi Co
op py
cles - >7.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
• Actual Lamb‐
co Vo
by lksw
cted
da value –
agen
Prote AG.
0.85-1.15
• LSU-IP – No
fault
• Lambda con‐
trol –Not at
max value
• EVAP purge
flow <25%
• Amplitude
LSU - Active
• LSU temper‐
ature <570°
C
• No misfire
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
an
itte
y li
ue tions
erm
ab
ility
P0135 O2 Sensor – Refer to Maximum Fault • Heater con‐
ot p • 70 Sec‐ • Continuous
wit
Heater Cir‐ ⇒ “3.2 EVAP • Resistance trol – Active. onds
, is n
• 2 DCY
h re
cuit (Bank 1, System, test
hole
spec
Sensor 1) Checking for
• Heater duty No fault onds
es, in part or in w
Leaks”,
t to the co
page 123 . cycle 100%
for 70 sec. • Heater final • 15 Sec‐
And LSU stage – No onds
– Refer to fault
rrectness of i
⇒ “3.3 EVAP sensor • 60 Sec‐
Canister temp.<685° • IC – No fault onds
l purpos
Purge Regu‐ C
lator Valve 1 Minimum Fault • If fuel cut off
>3 s Then
nf
ercia
o
ing”, delay 50 sec.
rm
test
m
atio
page 124 .
m
• Model ex‐
o
n in
• Heater duty
c
haust temp. -
or
– Refer to cycle
thi
e
500° C
t
sd
a
o
r
Detection
rp
cu
Model ex‐ Minimum Fault
o
m
f
en
• Heater con‐
ng
t.
yi
Checking”, temp.<300°
Co
trol – Active op py
page 127 .
C
C for 60 ht. rig
rig ht
sec. • LSU wires – py by
co Vo
No fault
by lksw
cted agen
• Internal re‐
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0136 O2 Circuit – Refer to Slope of volt‐ • Heater LSF 1 • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
(Bank 1, ⇒ “4 Oxygen age LSF 1 dur‐ – Off onds
Sensor 2) Sensor After ing shut off • 2 DCY
Three Way heater LSF 1 • Dew point –
Catalytic Con‐ >2 V Exceeded
verter G130 , • No. of heater
Checking”, shutoff with
page 177 . slope of volt‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes age LSF 1 >
olksw not
ed
by
V
2V
gu - >5
ara
ris nte
ho • Catalyst
eo
aut ra
ss temp. sensor
c
heated up -
ce
e
nl
pt
du
300-800° C
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
P0137 O2 Sensor – Refer to Short to ground • Catalyst • 35 Sec‐ • Continuous
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
sensor heat‐ • Or 600
hole
spec
Sensor 2) Catalytic Con‐ ed up >50 Sec‐
es, in part or in w
onds if
t to the co
verter G130 , sec.
Checking”, tank
page 177 . • Catalyst empty
model temp.
rrectness of i
–<800° C
And LSU
l purpos
cold: engine
temperature
nform
ercia
at engine
shut-off >60°
m
at
om
C
ion
c
in t
or
• Engine tem‐
his
ate
perature -
do
riv
<40° C
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
P0138 O2 Sensor – Refer to •Cop Short to bat‐ • Catalyst •
py 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
Circuit High ⇒ “4 Oxygen tery + LSF 1 temp. – onds
t. rig
gh ht
Voltage
yri
Sensor After voltage 300-800° C. • 2 DCY
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
(Bank 1, Three Way
cted >1.08 V agen
• Sensor heat‐
Prote AG.
Sensor 2) Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 , ed up – >50
Checking”, sec.
page 177 . • Catalyst
model temp.
–<800° C
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0139 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Integral por‐ • LSU, LSF, • 50 Sec‐ • Continuous
Circuit Slow ⇒ “4 Oxygen tion of LSF LSF 2 – onds
Response Sensor After 2 >+/- 3% Closed loop • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, Three Way 5 Sec.
Sensor 2) Catalytic Con‐ • Voltage • Fuel cut-off
verter G130 , LSF - >0.25 condition> 5
Checking”, V sec.
page 177 . • Integral
mass air -
>15g
• Dew point
LSF 1 Ex‐
ceeded >30
sec.
• LSF 1 heated
up
• LSF 1 – Ac‐
tive and
checked
• LSF1 heater
– No fault
• Model ex‐
haust temp.
at LSF 1 -
>350° C
page 177 .
nl
pt
du
–<800° C
y li
erm
• Voltage
ab
ility
LSF 1>0.4
ot p
wit
V < 0.49 V
, is n
h re
during 250
hole
spec
sec.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
an
d
itte
y li
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
rm
ab
ue tions
pe
ility
ot
wit
P0141 O2 Sensor – Refer to Internal resist‐ • No fuel cut 250 Sec. • Continuous
, is n
h re
Heater Cir‐ ⇒ “2.2 Oxygen ance of Nernst off internal
hole
• 2 DCY
spec
cuit (Bank 1, Sensor Heat‐ cell of LSF 1> resistance
es, in part or in w
Sensor 2) er for Oxygen Nominal value measure of
t to the co
Sensor in of resistance LSU – Active
Bank 1 Center LSF 1 depend‐
Three Way ing of exhaust • IAT - >-11° C
rrectness of i
Catalytic Con‐ gas tempera‐ • Model ex‐
verter G465 , ture and heater
l purpos
haust temp.
Engine Code power (960- at LSF1 -
BBW, Check‐ 38300 Ω) >300-640° C
nform
ercia
ing”,
page 143 . m • Engine shut-
a
off time (dur‐
com
tion in
ing ECM
r
te o
keep alive-
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
nition off) -
um
fo
>120 sec.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
• Number of
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
recalcula‐
p by
o Vo
tions>10
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0144 O2 Sensor Refer to Short to battery • Catalyst • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
Circuit High ⇒ “3.2 Oxygen + LSF voltage model temp. onds
Voltage Sensor in Bank 1 >1.08 V >300° C and • 2 DCY
(Bank 1, Center Three sensor heat‐
Sensor 3) Way Catalytic ed up >50
Converter G465 , sec
Engine Code
BBW, Checking”, • Catalyst
page 174 model temp.
–<800° C
ce
le
un
pt
ed up
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
• LSF2 – Ac‐
pe
ility
tive and
ot
wit
, is n
checked
h re
hole
t to the co
• Model ex‐
haust
temp.at
rrectness of i
LSF2 - >400°
l purpos
tio
thi
do
cum
• Catalyst
fo
BBW, Checking”, C
en
g
model temp.
n
t.
page 174 yi Co
• Voltage –<800° C
Cop py
t. rig
yri
gh
LSF1 >0.4 by
ht
V < 0.49 V
cop Vo
by lksw
during 600
cted agen
Prote AG.
sec.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
an
itte
y li
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
erm
ab
ue tions
ility
ot p
wit
P0147 O2 Sensor Refer to Internal resist‐ • No fuel cut • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
, is n
h re
Heater Cir‐ ⇒ “3.2 Oxygen ance of Nernst off internal onds
hole
• 2 DCY
spec
cuit (Bank 1, Sensor in Bank 1 cell LSF2 > resistance
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Way Catalytic of resistance LSF2 Active
Converter G465 , LSF2 depend‐
Engine Code ing of exhaust • IAT - >-11° C
rrectness of i
BBW, Checking”, gas temp. and • Model ex‐
page 174 heater power
l purpos
haust temp
(1540 - 38300 at LSF2 -
Ω) >200-550° C
nform
ercia
• Engine shut-
m
at
off time (dur‐
om
ion
ing ECM
c
in t
or
keep alive-
his
ate
do
priv
c
nition off)
um
for
>500 sec.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
• Number of
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Recalcula‐
p by
o Vo
tions>10
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0222 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Lower • Engine • 10 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throt‐ threshold speed – onds
Sensor B tle Valve Con‐ <0.16 V >1320 RPM
Circuit Low trol Module
J338 , Check‐
ing”,
page 152 .
P0223 Throttle/Ped‐ – Refer to • Upper
AG. Volkswagen AG d
• Engine • 10 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
al Position ⇒ “2.5 Throt‐
kswagen threshold oesspeed –
n onds
Sensor B Vol Con‐
tle dValve >4.9 V
ot g
>1320ua RPM
by ran
Circuit High otrol
ri Module
se
tee
ut J338 , Check‐
h or
a ac
ss ing”,
ce
page 152 .
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
rm
ab
pe
• 5 Seconds
ility
cuit ply”, onds
ot
• Open cir‐
wit
page 109
, is n
cuit.
h re
hole
spec
• Short to
es, in part or in w
ground.
t to the co
P0261 Cylinder 1 In‐ – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ ground. Sec‐
rrectness of i
Low jectors N30, onds • 5 Seconds
l purpos
N31, N32,
N33, Check‐
ing”,
nform
ercia
page 167 .
m
tio
• 5 Seconds
te o
N31, N32,
do
r
N33, Check‐
rp
cum
fo
ing”,
en
ng
t.
yi
page 167 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
P0264 Cylinder 2 In‐ – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
gh ht
pyri by
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ ground. Sec‐
co Vo
by lksw
Low jectors N30,
cted
onds • 5 Seconds
agen
Prote AG.
N31, N32,
N33, Check‐
ing”,
page 167 .
P0265 Cylinder 2 In‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ tery + Sec‐
High jectors N30, onds • 5 Seconds
N31, N32,
N33, Check‐
ing”,
page 167 .
P0267 Cylinder 3 In‐ – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ ground. Sec‐
Low jectors N30, onds • 5 Seconds
N31, N32,
N33, Check‐
ing”,
page 167 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0268 Cylinder 3 In‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ tery + Sec‐
High jectors N30, onds • 5 Seconds
N31, N32,
N33, Check‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ing”, Volksw not
gu
page 167 . e d by ara
nte
ris
o
P0270 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Refer to • Short
aut
h to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
eo
ra
jector Circuit ⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ sground.
s Sec‐ c
Low jectors N30, onds • 5 Seconds
ce
e
nl
pt
du
N31, N32,
an
itte
y li
N33, Check‐
erm
ab
ing”,
ility
ot p
page 167 .
wit
, is n
h re
P0271 Cylinder 4 In‐ – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
hole
spec
• 5 Seconds
es, in part or in w
t to the co
N31, N32,
N33, Check‐
ing”,
rrectness of i
page 167 .
P0300 Random/ – Refer to • Multiple • Time from --- • Continuous
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
page 112 . rev.
m
atio
om
• Engine
n in
c
– Refer to
or
speed range
thi
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐
te
sd
a
o
r
rp
RPM
cu
N31, N32,
o
m
f
en
ng
N33, Check‐
t.
• Engine tor‐
yi Co
ing”,
op
que > 0
C py
t. rig
page 167 . yri
gh by
ht
• Rough road –
op Vo
by c lksw
– Refer to cted
Not detected
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 • IAT -30° C
with Power
Output Stage
N70, N127,
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 .
ce
e
nl
pt
P0301 Cylinder 1 – Refer to • Emission • Time from • 1000 • Continuous
du
an
itte
Misfire De‐ ⇒ “1.4 Fuel threshold engine start – Rev.
y li
erm
• 2 DCY
ab
tected Pressure, misfire rate Idle-150
ility
Checking”, ot p (MR) > 3%· RPM + 1 cam • 200
• Immed.
wit
Rev.
, is n
page 112 . rev.
h re
• Catalyst
hole
spec
– Refer to damage • Engine
es, in part or in w
t to the co
jectors N30, >1.5-50.0% 560 - 6320
N31, N32, RPM
N33, Check‐
rrectness of i
• Engine tor‐
ing”, que > 0
page 167 .
l purpos
• Rough road –
– Refer to Not detected
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 • IAT -30° C
m
at
with Power
om
ion
Output Stage
c
in t
or
N70, N127,
his
ate
N291, N292 ,
do
priv
c
Checking”,
um
for
en
page 212 .
ng
t.
yi Co
op
P0302 Cylinder 2 – Refer to • Emission • Time from • 1000 • Continuous
C py
ht. rig
Misfire De‐ ⇒ “1.4 Fuel threshold engine start – Rev.
rig ht
py by
• 2 DCY
o Vo
tected Pressure, misfire rate Idle-150
by c lksw
RPM + 1 cam • 200
cted agen
Checking”, Prote
(MR) > 3%·
AG.
Rev. • Immed.
page 112 . rev.
• Catalyst
– Refer to damage • Engine
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ rate speed range
jectors N30, >1.5-50.0% 560 - 6320
N31, N32, RPM
N33, Check‐ • Engine tor‐
ing”, que > 0
page 167 .
• Rough road –
– Refer to Not detected
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 • IAT -30° C
with Power
Output Stage
N70, N127,
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0303 Cylinder 3 – Refer to • Emission • Time from • 1000 • Continuous
Misfire De‐ ⇒ “1.4 Fuel threshold engine start – Rev.
tected Pressure, misfire rate Idle-150 • 2 DCY
Checking”, (MR) > 3%· RPM + 1 cam • 200
• Immed.
page 112 . rev. Rev.
• Catalyst
– Refer to damage • Engine
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ rate speed range
jectors N30, >1.5-50.0% 560 - 6320
N31, N32, RPM
N33, Check‐ • Engine tor‐
ing”, que > 0
page 167 .
• Rough road –
– Refer to Not detected
⇒ “1.7 Ignition
Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 • IAT -30° C
with Power
Output Stage
N70, N127,
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 .
P0304 Cylinder 4 – Refer to olkswag•en AEmission
en AG. V G do • Time from • 1000 • Continuous
Misfire De‐ olksw⇒ag“1.4 Fuel threshold
es n engine start – Rev.
tected ed by V Pressure,
ot gu
misfire rate ara Idle-150 • 2 DCY
is Checking”, (MR) > 3%· nte RPM + 1 cam • 200
thor e
Rev. • Immed.
au page 112 . orev.
ra
ss • Catalyst c
damage • Engine
ce
e
– Refer to
nl
pt
du
y li
ab
N33, Check‐
wit
, is n
• Engine tor‐
ing”,
h re
que > 0
hole
page 167 .
spec
• Rough road –
es, in part or in w
t to the co
with Power
Output Stage
l purpos
N70, N127,
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
nf
ercia
page 212 .
rm
m
atio
n in
sd
a
o
r
rp
cu
m
f
t.
yi Co
rection +/-1 Cop py
tooth >8 in a ht. rig
rig ht
row.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
P0322 Ignition / Dis‐ – Refer to • Camshaft --- • 0.5 • Continuous
tributor En‐ ⇒ “2.8 Engine signals >16 Sec‐
gine Speed Speed Sensor onds • 2 DCY
Input Circuit G28 , Check‐ • Engine
No Signal ing”, speed No
page 163 . signal
ce
sage le cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
un
pt
an
d
y li
erm
ue tions
ab
ility
ot p
P0324 Knock Con‐ – Refer to • Test im‐ • Knock con‐ • 60 Sec‐ • Continuous
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
dure failed • Engine load
urposes, in part or in wh
G61 / Knock
>30%
t to the co
Sensor 2
G66 , Check‐ • Engine
ing”, speed
page 208
rrectne
1000-5040 1/
min
ss o
P0327 Knock Sen‐ – Refer to • Lower • Engine • 0.5 • Continuous
cial p
f in
sor 1 Circuit ⇒ “1.6 Knock threshold speed – Sec‐
form
• 2 DCY
mer
atio
or Single G61 / Knock V (depend‐
m
n
Sensor) Sensor 2
c
i
or
n
G66 , Check‐ gine speed) perature –
thi
e
>60° C
t
sd
a
ing”,
iv
o
pr
c
page 208
um
r
• Knock con‐
fo
en
ng
trol: Active
t.
yi Co
Cop py
• Engine load
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
>30%
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
P0328 Knock Sen‐ – Refer to Upper thresh‐ • Engine • 0.5 • Continuous
sor 1 Circuit ⇒ “1.6 Knock old 7.5 – 40 V speed – Sec‐
High (Bank 1 Sensor 1 (depending on >2520 RPM onds • 2 DCY
or Single G61 / Knock engine speed)
Sensor) Sensor 2 • Engine tem‐
G66 , Check‐ perature –
ing”, >60° C
page 208 • Knock con‐
trol: Active
• Engine load
>30%
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0341 Camshaft – Refer to Signals com‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
Position ⇒ “1.4 Cam‐ pared to engine Sec‐
Sensor A shaft Position speed sensor onds • 2 DCY
Circuit Sensor G40 , signals, no al‐
Range / Per‐ Checking”, tering @ ref.
formance page 203 . gap
(Bank 1 or agen AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
single sen‐ Vol
ksw not
gu
sor) ed by ara
nte
ris
o
P0342 Camshaft aut
h – Refer to • Short to eo
r---
ac
• 0.5 • Continuous
Position
ss ⇒ “1.4 Cam‐ ground. Sec‐
Sensor “A” shaft Position onds • 2 DCY
ce
le
un
pt
Circuit Low Sensor G40 ,
an
d
itte
y li
Input (Bank Checking”,
rm
ab
1, or single page 203 .
pe
ility
sensor)
ot
wit
, is n
h re
P0343 Camshaft – Refer to • Short to bat‐ • 0.5 • Continuous
hole
spec
• 2 DCY
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Circuit High Sensor G40 ,
Input (Bank Checking”,
1, or single page 203 .
rrectness of i
sensor)
P0351 Ignition Coil – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
l purpos
battery +
com
N70, N127,
ion in
N291, N292 ,
r
te o
thi
Checking”,
s
iva
do
page 212 .
r
rp
cum
fo
t.
B Primary/ ⇒ “1.7 Ignition ground. Sec‐
yi Co
op
• 5 Seconds
py
Secondary Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 onds
t. C rig
• Open circuit
gh ht
Circuit with Power yri
p by
or short to
o Vo
Output Stage by c lksw
cted
battery +
agen
N70, N127,
Prote AG.
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 .
P0353 Ignition Coil – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
C Primary/ ⇒ “1.7 Ignition ground. Sec‐
Secondary Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 onds • 5 Seconds
Circuit with Power • Open circuit
Output Stage or short to
N70, N127, battery +
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 .
P0354 Ignition Coil – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
D Primary/ ⇒ “1.7 Ignition ground. Sec‐
Secondary Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 onds • 5 Seconds
Circuit with Power • Open circuit
Output Stage or short to
N70, N127, battery +
N291, N292 ,
Checking”,
page 212 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0411 Secondary – Refer to • Exhaust • During cold • 20 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Air Injection ⇒ “2.4 Secon‐ gas temp. < start onds
System In‐ dary Air Injec‐ 437° F 2
correct Flow tion Pump sec. after • IAT – 5-99° C • Once /
Detected Motor V101 , engine start • DCY
Lambda con‐
Checking”, and ex‐ trol – Closed • 35 Sec‐
page 197 haust gas loop onds
temp. <
1013° F 20s • Engine • Once/
after engine speed – Idle DCYIf
start and quick
thermal en‐ • Oxygen sen‐ pass
ergy intro‐ sor front – No has no
duced < fault result
75000 J – • ECT – 5-104°
65000 J or > C
360000 (de‐
pending on • Engine re‐
. Volkswagen AG
wagen AG engine
does start start temp.
Volks tempera‐
not
gu difference -
y
db ture) ara
ris
e nte >15 K
tho eo
s au • Flow <35% • ra
Timer
c after
s
engine
ce
e
nl
pt
start>60 sec.
du
an
itte
y li
• Model cata‐
erm
ab
ility
lyst temp –
ot p
>800° C
wit
, is n
h re
hole
• Altitude -
spec
<2700 m
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• Integral air
mass –>0.45
kg
rrectness of i
l purpos
ground.
m
atio
m
n in
c
page 197
or
cuit.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
P0420 Catalyst – Refer to Pass condition • Catalyst • Once / • 2 DCY
pt
du
an
System Effi‐ ⇒ “3.2 EVAP • OSC > 2.89 temp. – 750° DCY
itte
y li
erm
ciency Below System, g (only C
ab
• 300
ility
threshold Checking for “pass” or
ot p
“no result” • Time after Sec‐
wit
(Bank 1) Leaks”,
, is n
engine start – onds
h re
page 123 . hole possible)
>20 sec.
spec
• Measured
es, in part or in w
– Refer to
OSC/OSC • Delta mass
t to the co
⇒ “3.3 EVAP exhaust –
Canister of border‐
line catalyst <30 kg/h
Purge Regu‐
rrectness of i
lator Valve 1 <1 • Exhaust
N80 , Check‐ • OSC:55 mg mass flow
l purpos
nform
ercia
in front cata‐
– Refer to lyst – 20-130
m
at
⇒ “3.4 Leak kg/h
om
io
Detection
n
c
in t
r
his
e
flow –
t
Checking”,
a
do
riv
cum
for
en
g
• Engine
n
t.
yi Co
op
speed – 25%
C py
t. rig
gh
>2000 1/min
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Prote
cted • Delta ampli‐
AG.
agen
tude LSF1 –
<4000 1/min
• LSU - >0.548
V
• No misfire –
Closed loop
• SAS LSU –
Closed loop
• Number of
measures –
Not active No
fault 2-20
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0441 Evaporative – Refer to • No Lambda • Engine • 30 Sec‐ • Once/DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP deviation or speed - Idle. onds
System In‐ System, agen
kswagen AG
AG. VolReduction does • 2 DCY
correct Checking
olksw
for of bypass • notAltitude
yV gu
Purge Flow e
b
Leaks”,
d airflow <2700
ara m
nte
ris
ut
ho page 123 . • Time
eo
after
a • < ± 7 % of ra
c
ss
Lambda de‐ engine start
– Refer to
ce
e
>600 sec.
nl
viation and
pt
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
du
an
Purge valve
itte
y li
erm
quality<
ab
Purge Regu‐
ility
35% (air‐ • ECT > 60° C
ot p
lator Valve 1
wit
flow, igni‐ Or Substitute
, is n
N80 , Check‐
h re
ing”, tion timing) ECT> 80.25°
hole
spec
page 124 . C
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• Lambda con‐
– Refer to trol – Closed
⇒ “3.4 Leak loop
Detection
rrectness of i
Pump V144 , • Lambda con‐
Checking”,
l purpos
trol – With in
page 127 . sufficient
range: not at
nform
ercia
max– thresh‐
old value and
m
at
om
threshold
in t
or
his
value
ate
do
priv
• delta engine
um
for
speed
en
ng
t.
yi
<80/1min
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0442 Evaporative – Refer gtoen AG. Volk•swaPressure
gen AG
does
• Purge Valve • 140 • Once/DCY
Emission ⇒ lk“3.2
swa EVAP drop withinnot – Closed. Sec‐
Vo
System Leak ed by System, predeter‐ gu
ara onds • 2 DCY
Detected thoris Checking for mined time • LDP nte – Acti‐
eo
(Small Leak)
au Leaks”, < 1.6 Sec‐ vated.ra
s c
s page 123 . onds. • Altitude - <
ce
e
nl
pt
2700m.
du
an
– Refer to
itte
y li
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
erm
• Restart
ab
ility
Canister temp. differ‐
ot p
Purge Regu‐
wit
ence >52k.
, is n
h re
lator Valve 1
hole
spec
ing”, engine start –
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 124 . 5 - 1200 Sec‐
onds.
– Refer to
• IAT – 5-95° C
rrectness of i
⇒ “3.4 Leak
Detection • Engine temp.
l purpos
nform
ercia
mbar
at
om
ion
c
• Deep down
in t
or
do
riv
time – En‐
p
cum
en
g
<24.75%
n
t.
yi Co
op
and delta ve‐
C py
ht. rig
hicle speed
rig ht
py by
not≥ 0 mph
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Vehicle
speed – >6.2
mph
• Negative air
temperature
gradient after
start -<5.25°
C
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Leak
Detection
Pump V144 ,
Checking”,
page 127 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0445 Evaporative – Refer to • Short toolkswag•en EVAP purge • 0.5 • Continuous
Emission en AG. V
⇒ “3.2 EVAP lkswagground. - Activated
AG do
es n Sec‐
System System, by Vo ot g
u onds • 5 Seconds
a
Purge Con‐ Checking rise for
d ran
tee
trol Valve Leaks”,tho or
au ac
Circuit Shor‐ page
ss 123 .
ted
ce
le
un
pt
– Refer to
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
erm
ab
Canister
ility
ot p
Purge Regu‐
wit
is n
lator Valve 1
h re
ole,
N80 , Check‐
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
ing”,
page 124 .
t to the co
– Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Leak
rrectne
Detection
Pump V144 ,
s
Checking”,
s o
cial p
f
page 127 .
inform
P0455 Evaporative – Refer to • Pressure • Purge Valve • 140 • Once/DCY
mer
atio
m
• 2 DCY
o
n
c
i
mined time • LDP – Acti‐
or
n
Detected Checking for
thi
e
vated. • 280
t
Sec‐
i
o
r
c
• Altitude - <
um
r
onds
fo
en
ng
2600m.
t.
yi
– Refer to
Co
op py
⇒ “3.3 EVAP • Restart
. C rig
ht ht
rig
Canister temp. differ‐
py by
co Vo
Purge Regu‐ ence> 52k.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
lator Valve 1
AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0456 Evaporative – Refer to • Pressure • Purge Valve • 140 • Once/DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP drop within – Closed. Sec‐
System Leak System, predeter‐ onds • 2 DCY
Detected Checking for mined time • LDP – Acti‐
(Very small Leaks”, < 5.8 Sec‐ vated.
leak) page 123 . onds. • Altitude - <
2700m.
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP • Restart
Canister temp. differ‐
Purge Regu‐ ence> 52k.
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐ • Time after
ing”, engine start –
page 124 . 5 - 650 Sec‐
onds
– Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Leak • IAT – 5-95° C
Detection • ECT – 5-99°
Pump V144 , C
Checking”,
page 127 . • Intake low
pressure ->
130 mbar.
• Vehicle
AG. Volkswagen AG dspeed – >6.2
agen oes
Volksw mph<93.2
not
gu
ed by mph. ara
nte
ris
o e
aut
h
• Deep down or a
c
ss
hill driving
ce
e
time – Not
nl
pt
du
(RL
an
itte
y li
<24.75%)
erm
ab
ta vehicle
wit
, is n
speed > 0
h re
hole
mph)
spec
es, in part or in w
• Vehicle
t to the co
• Vehicle ac‐
l purpos
celeration –
>-0.9m /s2
nform
ercia
and<0.9m /
s2.
m
at
om
io
• Engine load
n
c
in t
r
change –RL
o
his
e
>-9.0% and
at
do
riv
RL <9.0%
p
cum
for
en
g
• Negative air
n
t.
yi Co
op
temperature
C py
t. rig
gh
gradient after
ht
yri by
start –<5.25°
op Vo
by c lksw
C
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
y li
rm
ab
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
pe
ility
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ot
wit
, is n
ue tions
h re
hole
spec
P0501 Vehicle – Refer to Comparison • Fuel cut off – • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
es, in part or in w
Speed Sen‐ ⇒ “6.1 Speed with engine Active for 4 onds
t to the co
sor A Range/ Signal, speed and de‐ • 2 DCY
Performance Checking”, celeration fuel • Engine
page 186 . cutoff speed < speed
rrectness of i
5 km/h -1520–3520
RPM
l purpos
P0506 Idle Air Con‐ – Refer to Idle controller • Engine • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
trol System ⇒ “2.5 Throt‐ at min value – speed - Idle. onds
nform
ercia
a
com
t
speed - 0
io
ted J338 , Check‐ ation<-80 RPM
n in
mph.
r
ing”,
te o
thi
page 152 .
s
iva
• ECT >
do
r
rp
c
49.50° C
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
• EVAP purge
Co
op py
flow-<25%
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
• Altitude <
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote 2700 m AG.
• No fuel cut
off
• Intake air -
>0° C
P0507 Idle Air Con‐ – Refer to Idle controller • Engine • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
trol System ⇒ “2.5 Throt‐ at max value – speed - Idle. onds
RPM Higher tle Valve Con‐ >8% and Idle • 2 DCY
Than Expec‐ trol Module correction devi‐ • Vehicle
ted J338 , Check‐ ation >80 RPM speed - 0
ing”, mph.
page 152 . • ECT >
49.50° C
• EVAP purge
flow-<25%
• Altitude <
2700 m
• No fuel cut
off
• Intake air -
>0° C
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P0544 Exhaust Gas Refer to • Measured • IAT – 0-40° C • 0.5 • Continuous
Temperature ⇒ “1.2 Exhaust exhaust Sec‐
Sensor Cir‐ Gas Tempera‐ temp. • ECT - 0-40° onds • 2 DCY
cuit (Bank 1 ture Sensor 1 >Average of C
Sensor 1) G235 , Engine intake air • ECT at en‐
Code BBW, temp. and gine shut-off
Checking”, engine delta of IAT.
page 191 coolant > 80° C
temp. - 25K
And
• and< Aver‐ • ECT - <15K
age of in‐
take air • Time after
temp. and start – 5 sec.
engine
agen
AG. Volkswagecoolant
n AG d
oes • Time after
y Volksw
temp. + 25K
not
g start no de‐
nttection –8
db ua
e ra
ris • Delta temp
tho sec.
ee
o
au slope after ra
c
ss
engine start
ce
e
nl
>500 K
pt
du
an
itte
y li
• Delta temp
erm
ab
slope after
ility
ot p
engine start
wit
, is n
<150 K h re
hole
spec
P0545 Exhaust Gas Refer to Short to ground — • 0.5 • Once/DCY
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Checking”,
page 191
nform
ercia
at
• 2 DCY
om
Checking”,
um
for
en
g
page 191
n
t.
yi Co
op
P0601 Internal Con‐ – Refer to • Internal log‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
C py
t. rig
gh
trol Module ⇒ “5.3 Mo‐ ic and Sec‐
ht
yri by
• 2 DCY
op Vo
Memory by c
tronic Engine checksum onds
lksw
cted agen
Check Sum Prote
Control Mod‐ control
AG.
Error ule J220 , Re‐
placing”,
page 184 .
P0602 Control Mod‐ – Refer to Internal logic — • 0.5 • Continuous
ule Program‐ ⇒ “5.3 Mo‐ and check sum Sec‐
ming Error tronic Engine control Re‐ onds • 2 DCY
Control Mod‐ programming
ule J220 , Re‐ bit not set • Once/
placing”, DCY
page 184 .
ce
le
ue tions
un
pt
an
d
itte
P0604 Internal Con‐ – Refer to • Internal log‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
y li
erm
ab
trol Module ⇒ “5.3 Mo‐ ic and Sec‐
ility
• 2 DCY
ot p
Random Ac‐ tronic Engine checksum onds
wit
is n
cess Memo‐ Control Mod‐ control
h re
ry (RAM) Er‐ ule J220 , Re‐ ole,
spec
ror placing”,
urposes, in part or in wh
page 184 .
t to the co
P0605 Internal Con‐ – Refer to • Internal log‐ — • 0.5 • Continuous
trol Module ⇒ “5.3 Mo‐ ic and Sec‐
• 2 DCY
rrectne
Read Only tronic Engine checksum onds
Memory Control Mod‐ control
(ROM) Error ule J220 , Re‐
ss
placing”,
o
cial p
f
page 184 .
inform
mer
atio
m
onds • 2 DCY
n
c
i
or
n thi
trol Module LSU >0.1 V
te
sd
• Engine • 30 Sec‐
a
J220 ”,
iv
o
r
c
page 182
um
r
fo
correction
en
ng
t.
value of
op
yi
• Delta lambda Co
- <0.5%
py
LSU for rich
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
characteris‐
p by
co Vo
tic >0.1 V
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Control byte
not correct
• Fault in
communi‐
cation be‐
tween IC
and ECM
Logical
• Voltage
supply for
IC (JC125)
<9 V
• Difference
of meas‐
ured inter‐
nal resist‐
ance with
adjustment
resistance
• Signal ex‐
ceeds lower
or upper
threshold
0.097 V<
output volt‐
age> 4.910
V 500 hPa<
ambient
pressure >
1.200 hPa
ce
e
nl
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
pt
du
an
ue tions
itte
y li
erm
ab
P0638 Throttle Ac‐ – Refer to • Open to t > • Ignition – on. • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
ility
ot p
tuator Con‐ ⇒ “2.5 Throt‐ 0.14 Sec‐ onds
wit
, is n
trol Range / tle Valve Con‐ onds.> ref. • Engine • 2 DCY
h re
speed - 0
hole
spec
(Bank 1) J338 , Check‐ RPM.
es, in part or in w
• Then Close
t to the co
ing”,
page 152 . to t > 0.56 • Intake air
Seconds.< temp. - > 5° C
ref. point
rrectness of i
• ECT - > 42°
<6%. C
l purpos
• Compari‐
son actual
nform
ercia
to stored
values
m
at
Throttle
om
io
valve open
n
c
in t
or
3.7 - 9.8%
his
ate
and values
do
riv
not corre‐
p
cum
for
sponding
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
P0685 ECM/PCM – Refer to • Open circuit --- • 0.5 • Continuous
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Power Relay ⇒ “5.3 Mo‐ Sec‐
copy Vo
• 2 DCY
by lksw
Control Cir‐ tronic Engine cted onds
agen
Prote AG.
cuit / Open Control Mod‐
ule J220 , Re‐
placing”,
page 184
P0686 ECM/PCM – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
Power Relay ⇒ “5.3 Mo‐ ground Sec‐
Control Cir‐ tronic Engine onds • 2 DCY
cuit Low Control Mod‐
ule J220 , Re‐
placing”,
page 184
P0687 ECM/PCM – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • Continuous
Power Relay ⇒ “5.3 Mo‐ tery + Sec‐
Control Cir‐ tronic Engine onds • 2 DCY
cuit High Control Mod‐
ule J220 , Re‐
placing”,
page 184
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2096 Post Cata‐ – Refer to Integral part of • 2nd control • 40 Sec‐ • Continuous
lyst Fuel trim ⇒ “3.1 Heated LSF1 control loop (LSF1) onds
System Too Oxygen Sen‐ (2nd control Closed loop • 2 DCY
Lean Bank 1 sor G39 , loop)>+0.05
Checking”, • Lambda con‐
page 171 . AG. trol
Volks-wClosed
agen AG
agen does
Volksw loop not
y gu
– Refer to risedb
• Aging moni‐
ara
nte
⇒ “3.2 Oxy‐ utho tor of LSF1
eo
ra
gen Sensor sin
s a
Ready and c
Bank 1 Center
ce
le
no fault
un
pt
Three Way
an
d
itte
Catalytic Con‐
y li
rm
ab
verter G465 ,
pe
ility
Engine Code
ot
wit
, is n
BBW, Check‐
h re
ing”,
hole
spec
page 174
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Refer to
⇒ “4 Oxygen
Sensor After
rrectness of i
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
l purpos
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
nform
ercia
page 177
P2097 Post Cata‐ – Refer to Integral part of • 2nd control • 40 Sec‐ • Continuous
m
a
com
ti
lyst Fuel ⇒ “3.1 Heated LSF1 control loop (LSF1) onds
on in
Trim System Oxygen Sen‐ (2nd control Closed loop • 2 DCY
r
te o
thi
Too Rich sor G39 , loop)<-0.05
s
iva
• Lambda con‐
do
(Bank 1) Checking”,
r
rp
c
trol - Closed
um
page 171 .
fo
en
g
loop
n
t.
yi Co
op
– Refer to
py
• Aging moni‐
t. C rig
⇒ “3.2 Oxy‐
gh ht
yri
tor of LSF1
p by
gen Sensor in
o Vo
by c
Ready and
lksw
cted agen
Bank 1 Center Prote
no fault
AG.
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G465 ,
Engine Code
BBW, Check‐
ing”,
page 174
– Refer to
⇒ “4 Oxygen
Sensor After
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter G130 ,
Checking”,
page 177
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2101 Throttle Ac‐ – Refer to • 80% of --- • 5 Sec‐ • Continuous
tuator Con‐ ⇒ “2.5 Throt‐ maximum onds
trol Motor tle Valve Con‐ current >5 • 2 DCY
Circuit trol Module Seconds. or
Range / Per‐ J338 , Check‐ Throttle
formance ing”, valve angle
page 152 . deviation
delta max=
4 - 30%.
• Voltage
ranges
Sensor 1
0.23 - 0.83
V.
• Sensor 2
4.20 - 4.77
V.
pt
an
d
Input ing”,
itte
y li
rm
page 152 .
ab
pe
ility
wit
, is n
• 2 DCY
hole
Input ing”,
page 152 .
rrectness of i
Input ing”,
m
page 152 .
a
com
tion in
thi
• 2 DCY
do
cum
en
g
t.
yi
• Delta > 0.21
Co
relation ing”, Cop py
- 1.23 V ht. rig
page 152 . opy
rig by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
Lean Off Idle ⇒ “1.6 Fuel lean > + 19% tion: Active: onds
du
an
• 2 DCY
itte
(Bank 1) Delivery, Within adaptive • Lambda con‐
y li
trol – Closed Or if fuel
erm
ab
Checking”, range
ility
tank empty
ot p
page 116 . loop.
or fuel
wit
, is n
h re
– Check the • EVAP purge gage de‐
hole
valve – fect: calcu‐
spec
Fuel Pressure
Closed lated air
es, in part or in w
Sensor .
t to the co
mass
• Engine temp. flow>
– Refer to –>65.25° C 180kg
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐
rrectness of i
jectors N30, • or Substitute
N31, N32, temp. –
l purpos
nform
ercia
page 167 .
start –206
m
at
– Refer to sec.
om
ion
⇒ “4 Oxygen
c
in t
Part load adap‐
or
Sensor After
his
e
tation range:
at
Three Way
do
riv
• Engine speed
p
c
Catalytic Con‐
um
or
– 1320-5000
f
verter G130 ,
en
ng
RPM
t.
yi
Checking”,
Co
Cop py
page 177 .
t. rig
• Engine load – yri
gh by
ht
20.25-80.25%
op Vo
by c lksw
– Refer to Prote
cted agen
• Air mass –
AG.
⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐
gen Sensor 35-150kg/h
Heater Z19 for
Heated Oxy‐ Higher load
gen Sensor adaptation
G39 before range:
Three Way • Engine load
Catalytic Con‐ –>54.75%
verter, Check‐ • Air mass –
ing”, 200kg/h
page 139 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2178 System Too – Refer to System too rich Lambda adapta‐ • 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
Rich Off Idle ⇒ “1.6 Fuel > - 19%geWithin
AG. Volktion:
swageActive:
n AG d onds
(Bank 1) Delivery, lksw
a n
adaptive range • Lambda con‐
oes
not • 2 DCY
trol – Closed guOrara if fuel
Vo
Checking”, ed by
page 116tho. ris loop. tank nteempty
eo
au or fuel ra
s
– Checks the • EVAP purge gage de‐c
ce
valve – le
fect: calcu‐
Fuel Pressure
un
pt
Closed lated air
an
d
Sensor .
itte
y li
mass
erm
ab
• Engine temp. flow>
ility
– Refer to
ot p
–>65.25° C 180kg
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐
wit
is n
h re
jectors N30, • or Substitute
ole,
N31, N32,
spec
temp. –
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
ing”,
page 167 . • Time after
start –206
rrectne
– Refer to sec.
⇒ “4 Oxygen Part load adap‐
Sensor After
s
tation range:
s
Three Way
o
cial p
• Engine speed
f i
Catalytic Con‐
n
– 1320-5000
form
verter G130 ,
mer
RPM
Checking”,
atio
m
page 177 .
o
• Engine load –
n
c
i
or
n
20.25-80.25%
thi
te
– Refer to
sd
iva
o
⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐ • Air mass –
pr
cum
r
fo
t.
Heater Z19 for
yi Co
op
Higher load
py
Heated Oxy‐ t. C rig
adaptation gh ht
gen Sensor yri by
range:
op Vo
G39 before
c by lksw
• Engine load
cted agen
Three Way
Prote AG.
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2181 Cooling Sys‐ – Refer to • Measured • Engine start • Once/ • 2 DCY
tem Perform‐ ⇒ “2.7 Engine temp. below temp. DCY
ance Coolant Tem‐ threshold< –-10-39° C.
perature Sen‐ AG.80.25°
Volksw agCen A
and integra‐ • oesIAT
not at start
gen Gd
sor G62 Vol
,kswa
Checking”,
d by ted air -10-39°
gu
ara C
rise 160
page mass: 8-12 nte
tho Not: eo
s au kg • Fuel cut off
ra
orc
s
Engine load
ce
le
un
pt
<18% or En‐
an
d
itte
gine load
y li
erm
ab
>95% Lon‐
ility
ot p
wit
is n
- 240 sec.
h re
ole,
(depending
spec
on integral
urposes, in part or in wh
air mass)
t to the co
• Integrated air
mass 4 – 12
rrectne
kg (depend‐
ing on engine
start and in‐
ss
take air
o
cial p
f i
temp.)
nform
mer
• Begin of air
atio
m
mass inte‐
o
n
c
gration when
or
n thi
e
engine temp.
t
sd
va
>39° C
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
• At time of
t.
yi Co
fault deci‐
Cop py
t. rig
yri
gh by sion: Aver‐ ht
age air mass
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
– 20-140 kg/
agen
Prote AG.
h
• Average ve‐
hicle speed –
20-120 km/h
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
gen AThreshold
G. VolkswageVal‐
n AG d Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
wa oes
yV
olks ue tions
not
gu
b ara
ed
P2187 System Too – horRefer
is to • System too Lambda adapta‐
nte
e 20 Sec‐ • • Continuous
Lean at Idle s aut ⇒ “1.6 Fuel lean> tion: Active: or ac onds
(Bank 1) s Delivery, +9.5%. • Lambda con‐ • 2 DCY
Or if fuel
ce
le
Checking”, trol – Closed
un
pt
• Within tank empty
an
d
y li
adaptive or fuel
erm
ab
– Check the range • EVAP purge gage de‐
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
mass
spec
• ECT -
urposes, in part or in wh
– Refer to flow>
>65.25° C or 180kg
t to the co
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ Substitute
jectors N30, temp. –
N31, N32, >80.25° C.
rrectne
N33, Check‐
ing”, • Time after
page 167 . start – 206
ss
Seconds.
o
cial p
f
– Refer to
inform
⇒ “4 Oxygen Idle adaptation
mer
atio
m
n
c
speed –
i
or
n
Catalytic Con‐
thi
e
sd
iva
o
Checking”,
pr
c
• mass -
um
r
fo
t.
yi Co
op
load adapta‐
– Refer to
C py
tion - Ready
t. rig
gh
⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
gen Sensor
by c lksw
cted agen
Heater Z19 for
Prote AG.
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor
G39 before
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
ing”,
page 139 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure wagen AG Criteria
. Volkswagen AGand
doe
rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
y Volks Threshold Val‐
s no
t guEnable Condi‐ Length mination.
ise
db ue tions
ara
nt
r ee
ho
P2188 Systemsa
uToo
t
– Refer to • System too Lambda or
ac adapta‐ • 20 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Rich at Idle
s ⇒ “1.6 Fuel rich <-9.5%. tion: Active: onds
ce
le
pt
• Within Or if fuel
an
d
y li
page 116 . adaptive loop tank empty
erm
ab
range or fuel
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
mass
• ECT - flow>
t to the co
– Refer to >65.25° C or 180kg
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ Substitute
jectors N30, temp. –
rrectne
N31, N32, >80.25° C.
N33, Check‐
ing”, • Time after
ss
page 167 . start – 206
o
cial p
f i
Seconds.
nform
– Refer to
mer
atio
m
n
c
• Engine
i
or
n
Three Way
thi
e
sd
va
<1120 RPM
i
verter G130 ,
pr
cum
r
fo
Checking”,
en
• mass -
ng
t.
page 177 .
yi Co
Cop
<25kg/h Part
py
load adapta‐
t. rig
gh
– Refer to
ht
yri by
tion - Ready
op Vo
⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐
c by lksw
cted agen
gen Sensor
Prote AG.
Heater Z19 for
Heated Oxy‐
gen Sensor
G39 before
Three Way
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐
ing”,
page 139 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2191 System Too – Refer to • System too Lambda adapta‐ • 20 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
Lean at ⇒ “1.6 Fuel lean > + tion: Active: onds
Higher Load; Delivery, 19%. • Lambda con‐
Bank 1 Checking”,
AG . Volkswage n A trol – Closed • Contin‐
l
agen
kswpage 116 . • Within
G do
es n
o loop uous
by
Vo
adaptiveguar
t
ed
range an
t•ee EVAP purge Or if fuel
tho
ris – Check the orvalve – tank empty
au Fuel Pressure ac or fuel
ss Sensor . Closed.
gauge de‐
ce
le
un
pt
• ECT - fect: calcu‐
an
d
– Refer to
itte
y li
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐
rm
ab
Substitute mass
pe
ility
jectors N30, temp. – flow> 180
ot
N31, N32,
wit
, is n
>80.25° C. kg
h re
N33, Check‐
hole
ing”,
spec
• Time after
page 167 .
es, in part or in w
start – 206
t to the co
Seconds.
– Refer to
⇒ “4 Oxygen Part load adap‐
rrectness of i
Sensor After tation range:
Three Way • Engine speed
l purpos
• Engine load –
page 177 . 20.25-80.25%
m
a
com
tio
⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐
te o
35-150 kg/h
thi
gen Sensor
s
iva
do
Higher load
r
cum
fo
t.
gen Sensor range:
yi Co
op
• Engine load
py
G39 before
t. C rig
gh
– >54.75%
ht
yri
Three Way
p by
o Vo
Catalytic Con‐
c by lksw
• Air mass –
cted agen
verter, Check‐
Prote AG.
ing”, 200kg/h
page 139 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ agenMonitoring Frequency
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters olksw
with Time checks, MIL
not Illu‐
y V gua
Threshold Val‐ Enable db
ise Condi‐ Length mination. ran
r tee
ue tions
ut
ho
or
sa ac
P2192 System Too – Refer to • System too s Lambda adapta‐ • 20 Sec‐ • 2 DCY
ce
e
Rich at High‐ ⇒ “1.6 Fuel rich > - tion: Active: onds
nl
pt
du
an
er Load; Delivery, 19%. Within • Lambda con‐
itte
y li
Bank 1 Checking”, adaptive trol – Closed • Contin‐
erm
ab
uous
ility
page 116 . range. loop
ot p
wit
, is n
• EVAP purge Or if fuel
h re
– Check the tank empty
hole
Fuel Pressure valve –
spec
Closed. or fuel
Sensor .
es, in part or in w
gauge de‐
t to the co
• ECT - fect: calcu‐
– Refer to >65.25° C or lated air
⇒ “2.9 Fuel In‐ Substitute mass
rrectness of i
jectors N30, temp. – flow> 180
N31, N32, >80.25° C. kg
l purpos
N33, Check‐
ing”, • Time after
page 167 . start – 206
nform
ercia
Seconds.
m
– Refer to
at
om
i
Part load adap‐
o
⇒ “4 Oxygen
n
c
in t
tation range:
r
Sensor After
o
his
e
• Engine speed
t
Three Way
a
do
riv
cum
or
en
ng
t.
Checking”,
yi Co
• Engine load –
op py
page 177 . t. C rig
opyri
gh 20.25-80.25% by
Vo
ht
– Refer to
c
• Air mass –
by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “2.1 Oxy‐
Prote
35-150 kg/h
AG.
gen Sensor
Heater Z19 for Higher load
Heated Oxy‐ adaptation
gen Sensor range:
G39 before • Engine load
Three Way – >54.75%
Catalytic Con‐
verter, Check‐ • Air mass –
ing”, 200kg/h
page 139 .
– Refer to
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
Canister
Purge Regu‐
lator Valve 1
N80 , Check‐
ing”,
page 124 .
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2195 O2 Sensor – Refer to LSU too rich • LSU – 20 Sec‐ • Continuous
Signal ⇒ “3.1 Heated • c) LSU Closed loop onds
Biased/ Oxygen Sen‐ (rich) >0.92 • 2 DCY
Stuck Lean sor G39 , voltage LSF • Lambda con‐
(Bank 1, Checking”, (lean)<0.15 trol at min
Sensor 1) page 171 . V >0.25kg value
for an inte‐ • Or LSF1 –
gral mass Operation
exhaust and readi‐
• b) LSU ness
(lean) <0.95 • LSF1 oscilla‐
Lambda set tion check –
value Volt‐ Ready
age LSF
(rich)<0.15
V >0.8kg for
an integral
mass ex‐
haust
pt
du
V >0.8kg for
an
itte
an integral
y li
erm
ab
mass ex‐
ility
ot p
haust
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2231 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Delta volt‐ • LSU is heat‐ • 50 Sec‐ • Multiple
Signal Cir‐ ⇒ “3.1 Heated age>0.3 V ed up: onds
cuit Shorted Oxygen Sen‐ during heat‐ • 2 DCY
to Heater sor G39 , er switch • LSU sensor • Contin‐
Circuit (Bank Checking”, on/off for 18 temp. – 750 uous or
1, Sensor 1) page 171 . times. +65° C
• 600
• Lambda con‐ Sec‐
trol – Closed onds. if
loop fuel
tank
• Model ex‐ empty
haust temp. – or fuel
<700° C gauge
• Heater duty defect
cycle – >4% contin‐
uous
• LSU-IC – No
fault
• Misfire – Not
detected
• Catalyst
heating – Not
active
• SAS – Not
active
. Volkswag
AG en AG
agen does
olksw • Fuel injection not
y V gu
isedb valves – Not ara
nte
hor
closed eo
aut ra
s c
s • Load change
ce
le
-<3%
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐
G. Volkswagen AG d
Length mination.
ue lkswagen A tions oes
n
o ot g
yV
P2237 O2 Sensor – Refer to ed •
b Lambda set • LSU – •uara30
nte Sec‐ • Continuous
ris
Positive Cur‐ ⇒ “3.1 Heated
ho value Closed loop ondseo
rent Control ut
Oxygenss aSen‐ 0.97-1.03. ra
c
• 2 DCY
Circuit/Open sor G39 , • Sensor is • 5 Sec‐
ce
le
• LSU volt‐ heated up: onds
un
(Bank 1, Checking”,
pt
an
d
Sensor 1) page 171 . age 1.49 LSU sensor
itte
y li
-1.51. temp. – 750
erm
ab
+65° C
ility
ot p
• Integral air
wit
is n
h re
ole,
kg. ic check
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
electrical ad‐
• LSU volt‐ justment –
t to the co
age <1.7 V No fault
• LSU volt‐ • LSU heater –
rrectne
age Not active
1.49-1.51 Monitoring –
Change of
s
No fault
s
lambda
o
cial p
f i
controller • Sensor is
nform
>0.1 heated up:
mer
LSU sensor
atio
m
temp. -750
o
n
c
i
or
n
+65° C Fuel
thi
te
cut off – 3
sd
iva
o
r
sec.
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
• Sensor is
t.
yi Co
op
heated up:
C py
t. rig
LSU sensor
gh ht
pyri by
temp. 750
co Vo
by lksw
cted
+65° C
agen
Prote AG.
• Electrical ad‐
justment –
Not active
• Lambda con‐
trol – Closed
loop
• Heater con‐
trol – Closed
loop
• Lambda
modulation –
>0.02
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2251 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Voltage • LSU Heater • 60 Sec‐ • Continuous
Negative ⇒ “3.1 Heated LSU –>1.49 control – Ac‐ onds
Current Con‐ Oxygen Sen‐ <1.52 . tive • 2 DCY
trol Circuit/ sor G39 ,
Open (Bank Checking”, • Internal re‐ • Heater - Ac‐
1, Sensor 1) page 171 . sistance – tive
>570Ω.
•
Delta volt‐
age during
heater ac‐
agen AG.tive
Volks>0.02
wagen AG
does
y Volksw V. (Heater not
gu
ise
d b coupling ara
nte
thor
fault). eo
au ra
c
ss • Number of
ce
le
heater cou‐
un
pt
an
d
pling faults
itte
y li
>4
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
P2257 Secondary – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • Continuous
is n
h re
Air Injection ⇒ “2.4 Secon‐ ground Sec‐
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
cuit Low Motor V101 ,
Checking”,
page 197
P2258 Secondary – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5rrectne • Continuous
Air Injection ⇒ “2.4 Secon‐ tery + Sec‐
s
Checking”,
atio
m
page 197
o
n
c
i
or
• 2 DCY
i
o
r
cum
r
fo
• Lambda
t.
yi
Catalytic Con‐
Co
op
adaptation –
py
verter G130 , t. C rig
Ready.
gh ht
Checking”, yri
p by
o Vo
page 177 .
c by lksw
cted • LSF – Active
agen
Prote AG.
and
checked.
• LSF heater –
No fault
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2271 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Voltage • Mass air flow • 100 • Continuous
Signal Stuck ⇒ “4 Oxygen LSF –25-120 kg / Sec‐
Rich Bank 1 Sensor After <590-630 m h. onds • 2 DCY
Sensor 2 Three Way V
Catalytic Con‐ • Lambda
verter G130 , adaptation –
Checking”, Ready.
page 177 . • LSF – Active
and
checked.
• LSF heater –
No fault
• Fuel cut off
. Volkswagen AG condition
wagen AG doe
olks s no
P2274 O2 Sensor – Refer d b to
yV Voltage LSF • Mass t gu
arair flow 350 Sec‐ • Continuous
Signal Stuck ⇒ris“3.2 Oxy‐
e
>590-630 mV 25-120 an
kg/h
tee onds
o
Lean Bank 1 auth gen Sensor in or • 2 DCY
Sensor 3 ss Bank 1 Center • Lambda ac
adaptation –
ce
e
Three Way
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
verter G465 ,
erm
• LSF2 – Ac‐
ab
Engine Code
ility
tive and
ot p
BBW, Check‐
wit
checked
, is n
ing”,
h re
hole
spec
- No fault
es, in part or in w
P2275 O2 Sensor – Refer to Voltage LSF • Mass air flow 350 Sec‐ t to the co • Continuous
Signal Stuck ⇒ “3.2 Oxy‐ <590-630 mV 25-120 kg/h onds
• 2 DCY
rrectness of i
• LSF2 – Ac‐
Engine Code tive and
m
BBW, Check‐
at
om
checked
io
ing”,
n
c
in t
r
page 174
o
• LSF2 heater
his
te
- No fault
a
do
priv
cum
or
en
ng
t.
op
yi
condition>3 Co
sec.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2400 Evaporative – Refer to • Open circuit --- • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP Sec‐
System Leak System, onds
Detection Checking for
Pump Con‐ Leaks”,
trol Circuit/ page 123 .
Open
– Refer to en AG. V
olkswagen AG
⇒ “3.3 EVAPolkswag does
not
Canistered b y V gu
ara
PurgehorRegu‐
is nte
eo
lator
s autValve 1 ra
c
N80
s , Check‐
ce
e
ing”,
nl
pt
du
an
page 124 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.4 Leak
wit
, is n
Detection
h re
hole
Pump V144 ,
spec
Checking”,
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 127 .
P2401 Evaporative – Refer to • Short to --- • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP ground Sec‐
rrectness of i
System Leak System, onds
Detection Checking for
l purpos
nf
ercia
Low
– Refer to orm
m
atio
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
om
n in
Canister
or c
Purge Regu‐
thi
te
sd
a
lator Valve 1
iv
o
r
rp
cu
N80 , Check‐
o
m
f
ing”,
en
ng
t.
yi Co
page 124 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
– Refer to op Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “3.4 Leak cted agen
Prote AG.
Detection
Pump V144 ,
Checking”,
page 127 .
P2402 Evaporative – Refer to • Short to bat‐ --- • 0.5 • 2 DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.4 Leak tery + Sec‐
System Leak Detection onds
Detection Pump V144 ,
Pump Con‐ Checking”,
trol Circuit page 127 .
High
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2403 Evaporative – Refer to • Contact un‐ • Purge Valve • 20 Sec‐ • Once/DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP able to – No fault onds
System Leak System, close. Sig‐ • 2 DCY
Detection Checking for nal always
Pump Sense Leaks”, low.
Circuit/Open page 123 .
– Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen ⇒ “3.3 EVAP oes
ksw
by
Vol
Canister not
gu
ara
rised Purge Regu‐ nte
ut
ho
lator Valve 1 eo
ra
ss a
N80 , Check‐ c
ing”,
ce
e
nl
pt
du
page 124 .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.4 Leak
wit
, is n
Detection
h re
Pump V144 ,
hole
spec
Checking”,
es, in part or in w
page 127 .
P2404 Evaporative – Refer to • Contact un‐ • LDP On t to the co • 13 Sec‐ • Once/DCY
Emission ⇒ “3.2 EVAP able to onds
open. Sig‐ • Purge Valve • 2 DCY
rrectness of i
System Leak System,
Detection Checking for nal high – No fault
l purpos
– Refer to
m
⇒ “3.3 EVAP
at
om
io
Canister
n
c
in t
r
Purge Regu‐
o
his
e
lator Valve 1
at
do
riv
N80 , Check‐
p
cum
or
ing”,
f
en
ng
t.
page 124 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Refer to
p by
o Vo
by c
⇒ “3.4 Leak
lksw
cted agen
Detection
Prote AG.
Pump V144 ,
Checking”,
page 127 .
P2414 O2 Sensor – Refer to Sensor voltage • Fuel injection • 10 Sec‐ • Continuous
Exhaust ⇒ “3.1 Heated LSU 3.7-4.77 V valves – Ac‐ onds
Sample Er‐ Oxygen Sen‐ sec. tive • 2 DCY
ror (Bank 1, sor G39 , or 600
Sensor 1) Checking”, • LSU is heat‐ Sec. if fuel
page 171 . ed up: LSU tank empty
sensor temp. or fuel
750+/-65° C gage de‐
fect
• SAS – Not
active
• LSU-IC – No
fault
• Lambda set
value<1.6
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
P2626 O2 Sensor – Refer to • Voltage • LSU – closed • 3 Sec‐ • Continuous
Pumping ⇒ “3.1 Heated LSU > 4.8 V loop. onds
Current Trim Oxygen Sen‐ • 2 DCY
Circuit/Open sor G39 , • LSU is heat‐ • or 600
(Bank 1, Checking”, ed up – Ac‐ Sec‐
Sensor 1) page 171 . tual internal onds at
resistance low fuel
closed loop: level or
80Ω+ 50Ω fuel
gage
• Modeled ex‐ defect
haust gas
temp - <700°
C
• Fuel cut off –
Active
cuit
un
pt
• Engine DCY
an
d
itte
speed (start‐
y li
rm
ab
er active) -
pe
ility
>25 RPM
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
• Short to
com
Bus Resistance,
tio
Ground
n in
Checking”,
r
te o
(GND)
thi
page 187 .
s
iva
do
• Core Con‐
r
rp
cum
fo
nection
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
104
cop Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.ST - Generic Scan Tool Prote
cted AG.
agen
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitoring Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ Enable Condi‐ Length mination.
ue tions
U010 Lost Com‐ – Refer to • No/Unex‐ — • 0.5 • 2 DCY
1 munication ⇒ “6.2 CAN- pected in‐ Sec‐
with TCM Bus Terminal formation onds • Continuous
Resistance,
Checking”,
page 187 .
U015 Lost Com‐ – Refer to • No/Unex‐ — • 0.5 • 2 DCY
5 munication ⇒ “6.2 CAN- pected in‐ Sec‐
With Instru‐ Bus Terminal formation onds • Continuous
ment Panel Resistance,
Cluster (IPC) Checking”,
Control Mod‐ page 187 .
ule
U030 Software In‐ If ECM is co‐ • After engine • 0.5 • 2 DCY
2 compatibility ded to manual has been Sec‐
with Trans‐ transmission started onds • Continuous
mission Con‐ and TCM is
trol Module available-
>ECM is wrong
coded
5.3.1 Transmission Control Module , 4-spd 01M agen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
ksw s no
Vol tg
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary
db
y
Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequencyua of
ran
ise
sage cedure Criteria and thorameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Illu‐
r tee
or
Threshold Val‐ au able Conditions Length mination ac
ss
ue
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
sion Control ⇒ “2 Trans‐ son with Sec‐
erm
ab
System (MIL mission Con‐ stored val‐ onds.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
J217 ”,
h re
hole
page 232
spec
es, in part or in w
ing”, combina‐
page 218 tion within
60 ms
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
o
r
Sensor G38 ,
rp
cu
• Turbine
o
Checking”,
f
en
ng
speed = 0
t.
yi
page 221
Co
op
and U <2.2 C py
t. rig
V
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination
ue
wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e
olks s no
t gu
P0722 Output – Refer toed by V • Compari‐ --- ara • 0.3 • 2 DCY
Speed Sen‐ ⇒ “1.2 risTrans‐ son with ref‐ nte
e o Sec‐
tho
sor Circuit mission
au Vehi‐ erence volt‐ r a onds.
c
No Signal ss Speed
cle age VSS =
ce
le
pt
an
d
Checking”, U <2.2 V
itte
y li
page 221
rm
ab
pe
ility
P0725 Engine – Refer to • Compari‐ • CAN bus ok • 2 • 2 DCY
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Circuit Bus terminal and VSS
hole
• Con‐
spec
resistance, Signal.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Control Mod‐ ous
ule J217 to • VSS must
Motronic En‐ be >0 mph
rrectness of i
gine Control
Module J220 ,
l purpos
Checking”,
page 235
nform
ercia
a
com
tio
Bus terminal cated slip
n in
resistance, and actual
r
te o
thi
Transmission slip with
s
iva
do
Control Mod‐ stored val‐
r
rp
cum
fo
t.
Motronic En‐ yi Co
• Slip differ‐
op
gine Control
C py
t. rig
Module J220 , yri
gh
ences > 300 by
ht
RPM for
p Vo
Checking”,
co lksw
by
more than 2
cted agen
page 235 Prote AG.
Seconds.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination
ue
P0753 Shift Sole‐ – Refer to • Compari‐ --- • 0.3 • 2 DCY
noid "A" ⇒ “1.5 Sole‐ son of stor‐ Sec‐
Electrical noid Valve, ed value onds.
N88, N89, with active
N90, N91, level.
N92, N93 and
N94 in Valve • Switch off
Body, Check‐ and U <2.1
ing”, . Volkswag V
page
gen AG228
en AG
• Switch not on
wa does
olks
ed byV and U >1.6
gu
ara
horis V nte
e
t or
au ac
ss
P0758 Shift Sole‐ – Refer to • Compari‐ --- • 0.3 • 2 DCY
ce
le
pt
an
d
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
N90, N91, level.
ot
wit
N92, N93 and
, is n
h re
hole
spec
V
es, in part or in w
ing”,
t to the co
page 228 • Switch on
and U >1.6
V rrectness of i
l purpos
a
com
and U <2.1
thi
Body, Check‐
s
iva
V
do
ing”,
r
rp
cum
page 228
fo
• Switch on
en
ng
t.
yi
and U >1.6
Co
op py
V
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
P0768 Shift Sole‐ – Refer to • Compari‐ --- • 0.3 • 2 DCY
by
cted agen
Prote
noid "D" ⇒ “1.5 Sole‐ son of stor‐ Sec‐
AG.
DTC Error Mes‐ Diagnostic Pro‐ Malfunction Secondary Pa‐ Monitor‐ Frequency of
sage cedure Criteria and rameters with En‐ ing Time checks, MIL Illu‐
Threshold Val‐ able Conditions Length mination
ue
P0785 Shift Sole‐ – Refer to • Compari‐ --- • 0.3 • 2 DCY
noid "E" ⇒ “1.5 Sole‐ son of stor‐ Sec‐
Electrical noid Valve, ed value onds.
N88, N89, with active
N90, N91, level.
N92, N93 and
N94 in Valve • Switch off
Body, Check‐ and U <2.1
ing”, V
page 228 • Switch on
and U >1.6
V
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 Fuel Supply
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
The following table provides a link to all diagnostic modes that
hole
monitor all components and systems which influence the emis‐
spec
es, in part or in w
sion quality.
t to the co
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 109
⇒ “1.2 Clean Working Conditions”, page 110
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.3 Fuel Pump, Checking”, page 110
⇒ “1.4 Fuel Pressure, Checking”, page 112 . l purpos
⇒ “1.5 Residual Pressure, Checking”, page 114 .
nform
ercia
at
om
i
⇒ “2 Fuel Pump Relay J17 , Checking”, page 120
on
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
en
ng
Note
WARNING
WARNING
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Perform the following steps before beginning work on the fuel
ility
ot p
supply system:
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Observe procedures for disconnecting battery. Electrical
hole
spec
Equipment, Repair Group. 2.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Open the fuel filler flap briefly and then close again.
When removing and installing components from full or partially full
fuel tanks, observe the following:
rrectness of i
♦ The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
♦ Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction system
rm
m
atio
m
n in
or c
sd
iva
o
r
be used.
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Note
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
End of diagnosis.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
1.4 Fuel Pressure, Checking
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Fuel Injector Pressure Gauge - CIS - 1318-
rrectne
WARNING
ss o
cial p
place rags around the connection area. Then release the pres‐
o
n
c
i
or
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the fuel supply line -3- and catch leaking fuel using a
en
ng
t.
yi
rag.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
of the fuel supply line.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
– Open the shut-off valve of the Fuel Injector Pressure Gauge -
ab
ility
CIS - 1318- .
ot p
wit
is n
– Switch the ignition on and off until the fuel pressure on no lon‐
h re
ole,
ger rises.
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
sure Gauge - CIS - 1318- .
Specified value: 3.0 to 5.0 bar.
rrectne
If the fuel pressure is OK, check the residual pressure. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Residual Pressure, Checking”, page 114 .
ss o
cial p
f
If specified value is obtained:
inform
mer
– Check the return line between the fuel filter and the fuel pump
atio
for kinks and blockage.
om
n
c
i
or
n
If no malfunction is found in the return line between the fuel filter
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
en
ng
Caution
pt
du
an
y li
ab
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Test procedure
t to the co
Start diagnosis
l purpos
– Disconnect the fuel supply line -1- and catch leaking fuel using
a rag.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
pt
an
itte
ab
ility
wit
, is n
– Check the fuel line to the fuel filter for proper seal.
h re
hole
spec
t to the co
– Switch the ignition on and off until the fuel pressure no longer
nform
increases.
mercia
io
in t
or
his
do
priv
t.
yi Co
op py
If pressure drops further: t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Special tools and workshop equipment required
itte
y li
erm
wit
, is n
♦ Multimeter . h re
hole
spec
♦ Connector Test Set - V.A.G. 1594 C- (superceding V.A.G.
es, in part or in w
1594 A).
t to the co
Test conditions
l purpos
• Fuel filter OK
m
at
ion
c
in t
or
do
riv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
WARNING C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Fuel supply line is under pressure! Wear protective goggles
by c lksw
cted agen
and protective clothing to prevent injuries and contact with skin.
Prote AG.
Procedure
– Remove fuel filler cap from fuel filler tube.
– Fold rear seatback forward.
WARNING
– Disconnect the fuel supply line -1- and catch escaping fuel
using a rag.
Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Press in securing ring to disengage the fuel lines. olk ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
tween the fuel filter and fuel supply line.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
– Connect a fuel line from the Fuel Injector Pressure Gauge -
pt
an
d
CIS - 1318- to the disconnected fuel return line and hold it in
itte
y li
erm
the measuring container .
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
WARNING
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
Danger of spraying when opening shut-off valve; wear protec‐
t to the co
tive goggles and protective clothing to prevent injuries and
contact with skin. Hold container in front of open connection of
pressure measuring device.
rrectnes
– Close the shut-off valve of Fuel Injector Pressure Gauge - CIS
s o
- 1318- .
cial p
f inform
– Press switch on the Remote Control for VAG1348 - V.A.G.
mer
atio
m
n
c
i
or
n
change position of the shut-off valve.
thi
te
sd
va
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
Delivery rate of the fuel pump is dependent on the battery voltage.
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Operate the remote control for 30 Seconds. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
– Using a Multimeter , check battery voltage while the fuel pump
co lksw
by
cted agen
is running. Prote AG.
– Disconnect the supply hose -1- from the fuel filter input. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Connect a Fuel Injector Pressure Gauge - CIS - 1318-se be‐
d b ara
nte
tween the fuel filter and fuel supply line. hori
eo
aut ra
c
– Repeat the delivery rate test. ss
ce
le
un
pt
If the minimum delivery rate is obtained:
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Replace the fuel filter. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel
ility
ot p
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 20 ; Fuel Delivery Unit, Re‐
wit
moving and Installing .
is n
h re
ole,
If the minimum delivery rate is not obtained:
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
– Remove the fuel pump and check the strainer filter for dirt.
t to the co
If no malfunctions have been found:
rrectne
– Replace the fuel pump. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 20 ; Fuel Delivery Unit, Re‐
moving and Installing .
ss o
cial p
f
Final procedures
inform
mer
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
atio
in the following sequence:
om
n
c
i
or
n
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
thi
te
sd
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
iva
o
pr
cum
r
en
ng
Note
Test requirements
• The fuse for the engine electronics
ageOK.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
w es n
olks o
• The Ground (GND) connections
db
yV at the engine and transmis‐t guara
sion OK. rise nte
ho e t or
au ac
• The battery voltage
ss at least 12.5 V.
ce
e
nl
pt
• The generator OK.
du
an
itte
y li
• The ignition is switched off.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Test procedure
wit
, is n
h re
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
hole
spec
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Start diagnosis
– Switch the ignition on. rrectness of i
atio
om
n in
or c
sd
iva
cu
o
m
f
en
t.
yi Co
for voltage. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
Fuel Pump Relay - J17- Measure to
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
socket 23 Engine Ground (GND)
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
itte
y li
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– End diagnosis.
wit
, is n
h re
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
hole
spec
and the voltage supply was OK:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
rrectness of i
page 184 .
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
rm
m
atio
in the following sequence:
om
n in
c
thi
e
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
o
m
f
en
ng
ce
e
⇒ “3.1 EVAP System, Detecting Leaks”, page 122 nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “3.3 EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve 1 N80 , Checking”, page 124 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
For all EVAP system component locations and hose routing. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr.
20 ; EVAP System Components, Assembly Overview .
rrectness of i
For all EVAP supply system removal/installation procedures and
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
om
i
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
on
c
Website .
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Note
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may t. C rig
gh ht
contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may pyri by
Vo
co
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
able for purchase through the manufacturer. Refer to ⇒ Tool
AG.
catalog .
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
stallation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used,
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
♦ The manufacturers test box Adapter Cable (121-point) -
VAG1598/31- is available for purchase or rental. Refer to the
⇒ Tool catalog .
ce
e
pt
du
an
for the model type ⇒ Parts catalog .
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Leak checking
hole
spec
– Using a Smoke tester , check the Evaporative Emission
es, in part or in w
t to the co
(EVAP) canister system for leaks.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
nf
ercia
atio
om
n in
– Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper instal‐
or c
sd
iva
– Check the seals under the locking flanges and the union nuts
r
rp
cu
o
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Check all hose connections of the fuel supply system and re‐ C py
t. rig
place or repair any leaking lines.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Check all hose connections of the EVAP system and replace Prote
cted AG.
agen
or repair any leaking lines.
– Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found in the EVAP and Fuel Supply System:
– Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
– Perform a road test to verify repair.
If a DTC was set and does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the EVAP and
Fuel Supply System:
– Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the
EVAP and Fuel Supply Systems. If a DTC is stored, perform
the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component. AG. Volkswagen AG d
Refer to lksw
agen oes
not
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page db
y V5 .
o gu
a
e ran
ris tee
End of diagnosis. tho or
au ac
ss
3.3 EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve 1
ce
e
nl
pt
du
- N80- , Checking
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Special tools and workshop equipment required
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Multimeter .
h re
hole
spec
♦ Wiring diagram.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Test requirements
• The EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve 1 - N80- fuse OK.
rrectness of i
• The ignition switched off.
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
te
Test procedure
a
do
priv
cum
or
en
ng
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
125
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen 3. EVAP System
Prote AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
to
itte
y li
erm
page 184 .
ot p
wit
is n
spec
t to the co
Final procedures
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
rrectne
f in
n
c
i
or
sd
va
End of diagnosis.
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
3.4 Leak Detection Pump - V144- , Check‐
Co
Cop py
t. rig
ing
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Special tools and workshop equipment required Prote AG.
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Leak Detection Pump - V144- fuse OK.
• The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
– Remove the right rear wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and
Installing .
– Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump - V144- electrical har‐
ness connector -arrow-.
Checking internal resistance
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Using a Multimeter , check the Leak Detection Pump - V144-
, is n
h re
for resistance as follows:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ion
c
his
ate
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Note t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump - -V144-- is supplied via
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- .
agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Specified value: Wire resistance max 1.5 Ω.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
open circuit.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection. rrectness of i
l purpos
Checking wiring
m
at
io
step.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
do
priv
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
um
for
en
g
lowing step.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
ht. rig
rig ht
to py by
co Vo
lksw
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
by
cted agen
Prote
page 184 .
AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
- J220- . Refer to
wit
, is n
h re
hole
page 184 .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
rrectness of i
– End diagnosis.
l purpos
– Install the right rear wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Ex‐
m
tion in
Installing .
r
te o
thi
Final procedures
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
fo
en
ng
ce
le
un
pt
the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to Motronic
pe
ility
Engine Control Module - J220- by Accelerator Pedal Position
ot
wit
, is n
h re
(variable resistances; stored in one housing) that are connected
hole
spec
with the accelerator pedal.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The accelerator pedal position (driver's intention) is a main input
unit for the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- .
Operation of the throttle valve occurs by an electric motor ( EPC
rrectness of i
Throttle Drive - G186- ) in the Throttle Valve Control Module -
l purpos
J338- . This is true across the entire engine speed and engine
load spectrum. nform
ercia
a
com
tio
With engine off and ignition switched on, Motronic Engine Control
n in
r
thi
do
r
cum
fo
t.
yi
Throttle Drive - G186- opens the throttle valve to the same de‐
Co
op py
gree; i.e. throttle valve is then opened approx. half way. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
With engine running (under load), Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
ule - J220- can open or close the throttle valve independently of Prote AG.
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor - G79- / Accelerator Pedal Po‐
sition Sensor 2 - G185- .
This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully
opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been de‐
pressed half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque
losses at the throttle valve.
In addition to this, it results in significantly better values relative
to emissions and consumption under certain load conditions.
It would be incorrect to think that “EPC” consists of only one or
two components. “EPC” is much more of a system containing all
components that contribute to recognizing, controlling and moni‐
toring the position of the throttle valve.
– Observe all safety precautions.
– Observe the rules for cleanliness.
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram
Test requirement
• The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Note
Test procedure
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. olkswage es n
ot g
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23 db
yV ua
ran
e
ris tee
Start diagnosis utho or
a ac
ss
– Remove the drivers side storage compartment. Refer to ⇒
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
and Trim .
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
harness connector .
h re
hole
spec
Checking voltage supply and wiring
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Switch the ignition on.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
pt
du
an
itte
ab
wit
h re
was OK:
hole
spec
t to the co
– End diagnosis.
m
at
ion
in t
or
his
te
do
riv
to
p
cum
or
en
ng
t.
page 184 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Final procedures cted agen
Prote AG.
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
catalog .
ility
ot p
wit
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
, is n
h re
tain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced
hole
spec
in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or in‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
rrectness of i
♦ The manufacturers test box Adapter Cable (121-point) -
VAG1598/31- is available for purchase or rental. Refer to the
l purpos
⇒ Tool catalog .
nform
ercia
at
om
his
ate
do
priv
Caution
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The fuel system is pressurized. Before loosening hose con‐ Cop py
.
nections or opening the test connection (to measure fuel pres‐
ht rig
rig ht
py by
sure), place a cloth around the connection. Then release co Vo
by lksw
pressure by carefully loosening the connection. cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ The battery must only be disconnected olks and connected
w oes
not
yV gu
with the ignition switched off, since
ed the Motronic Engine
b ara
nte
Control Module can otherwise tho be damaged.
ris eo
au ra
♦ Observe procedures for disconnecting
ss battery. Observe c
ce
e
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
quired during a test drive:
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
ured to the rear seat and be operated from there by a
Second person.
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
seat may receive serious injuries when the airbag is de‐
m
atio
m
ployed.
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
WARNING
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials t. C rig
gh ht
to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibi‐ pyri by
Vo
co
ted and may cause damage to the electrical harness connec‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
tors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the
AG.
ce
e
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
sion quality.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “2.1 Oxygen Sensor Heater Z19 for Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 before Three Way Catalytic Converter,
erm
ab
Checking”, page 139 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.2 Oxygen Sensor Heater for Oxygen Sensor in Bank 1 Center Three Way Catalytic Converter G465 ,
h re
Engine Code BBW, Checking”, page 143
hole
spec
⇒ “2.3 Oxygen Sensor after Three Way Catalytic Converter G130 , Checking Heater Circuit”, page 146 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.4 Mass Air Flow Sensor G70 , Checking”, page 148 .
⇒ “2.5 Throttle Valve Control Module J338 , Checking”, page 152
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.7 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor G62 , Checking”, page 160 .
l purpos
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.9 Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33, Checking”, page 167
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
do
riv
cum
for
en
g
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
Note
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ness connector -3-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
terminals 3 & 4 for an open circuit.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 Ω (at approx. 20° C) . Cop py
rig
ht ht
If the specification was not obtained:
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
– Replace the Oxygen Sensor Heater - Z19- .
agen
Prote AG.
an
page 184 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
rm
ab
pe
ility
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply
ot
wit
, is n
was OK:
h re
hole
spec
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return:
rrectness of i
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
l purpos
a
com
to
r
te o
thi
do
page 184 .
r
rp
cum
fo
Final procedures
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed t. C rig
gh ht
in the following sequence: yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
ce
BBW, Checking
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Vehicle must be raised before electrical harness connector for
hole
spec
the Oxygen Sensor in Bank 1 Center Three Way Catalytic
es, in part or in w
Converter - G465- is accessible.
t to the co
♦ When servicing terminals in harness connector of Oxygen
Sensor in Bank 1 Center Three Way Catalytic Converter -
rrectness of i
G465- , use only gold-plated terminals. l purpos
nf
ercia
♦ Multimeter .
orm
m
♦ Wiring diagram.
atio
om
n in
c
Test requirements
or
thi
te
sd
a
o
r
rp
cu
Converter - G465- fuse OK.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐ rig ht
py by
Vo
froster, switched off.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
– Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor in Bank 1 Center Three Way
Catalytic Converter - G465- electrical harness connector -4-.
Checking internal resistance
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Checking voltage supply itte
y li
erm
ab
– Using a Multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor in Bank 1 Cen‐
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Oxygen Sensor in Bank 1 Measure to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Center Three Way Catalytic
Converter - G465- electrical
harness connector terminal
rrectness of i
1 Engine Ground (GND
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
If the specification was not obtained:
m
atio
om
n in
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
or c
thi
or Ground (GND).
te
sd
iva
o
r
cu
o
m
loose or broken terminals.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Turn key off.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
If the specification was obtained:
AG.
ce
le
– End diagnosis.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
erm
ab
and the voltage supply was OK:
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
to
ole,
spec
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
urposes, in part or in wh
page 184 .
t to the co
Final procedures
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
rrectne
in the following sequence:
s
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to s o
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
cial p
f inform
atio
n
c
n thi
e
sd
iva
o
pr
End of diagnosis.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
ce
e
pt
du
an
itte
y li
• A/C switched off.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
chassis OK.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
rrectness of i
Engine Codes AVH, AZG and BEV
l purpos
orm
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Using a Multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor after Three
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
If the specification was not obtained:
om
ion
c
in t
r
his
e
verter - G130- .
at
do
priv
cum
If the specification was obtained:
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Checking voltage supply t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Using a Multimeter , check the Oxygen Sensor after Three
yri
p by
o Vo
Way Catalytic Converter - G130- electrical harness connector
c by lksw
cted agen
terminal 1 to Engine Ground (GND).
Prote AG.
page 184 . y li
erm
ab
Final procedures ility
ot p
wit
is n
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
h re
ole,
f inform
End of diagnosis.
mer
atio
om
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
Note
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in har‐
C py
t. rig
gh
ness connector of Mass Air Flow Sensor - G70- .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Mass Air Flow Sensor - G70- fuse OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”. n AG. Volkswagen A age G do
ksw es n
• A/C switched off. by Vol ot g
ua
ed ran
• Ground (GND) connections between ris
engine/transmission/
o tee
th or
chassis OK. ss
au ac
ce
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C. e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
• Ignition switched off.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Test procedure
wit
, is n
h re
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Start diagnosis
t to the co
– Connect the scan tool.
rrectness of i
– Start engine and let it run at idle.
l purpos
– Using the scan tool, Check the air flow quantity of the Mass
Air Flow Sensor - G70- at idle:
nform
ercia
at
Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow
om
ion
Sensor - G70-
c
in t
or
his
e
do
priv
cum
for
t.
yi Co
op py
If specified value is obtained, but DTC memory has a DTC con‐ t. C rig
gh ht
cerning Mass Air Flow Sensor - G70- : yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
– Check voltage supply of Mass Air Flow Sensor - G70-
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ page 149 .
If specified value was not obtained:
– Check the Mass Air Flow Sensor - G70- electrical circuit
⇒ page 150 .
Checking voltage supply
– Disconnect the Mass Air Flow Sensor - G70- electrical harness
connector -arrow-.
– Start the engine and let it run at idle.
pt
an
d
itte
ab
to
ility
ot p
page 184 .
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
rm
was OK:
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
hole
spec
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
es, in part or in w
tion in
thi
to
s
iva
do
cum
page 184 .
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
Final procedures pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
agen
Prote AG.
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
pt
• Switch OFF All electrical and electronic accessories.
an
d
itte
y li
ab
ility
sition is in “P”.
ot p
wit
is n
Test Procedure
f inform
mer
i
or
sd
o
pr
♦ NO:
um
r
en
ng
t.
yi
♦ GATHER more information from customer
Co
op py
about the complaint.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
harness connector terminal 6 to ground for
erm
ab
ility
voltage.
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
• IGNITION: OFF.
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
– Were Values obtained?
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
T121 / 118 for resistance.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Were Values obtained?
es, in part or in w
t to the co
6 • REMOVE: Engine Control Module - J623- . ♦ YES: REPLACE Engine Control Module -
Refer to appropriate repair manual. J623- . Refer to appropriate repair manual.
• CHECK: Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- ♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 154 .
rrectness of i
harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine
♦ NO:
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
sion, loose or broken terminals.
r
harness connector terminal 6 to the Engine
m
m
atio
Control Module - J623- harness connector
m
n in
T121 / 91 for resistance.
or c
thi
♦ GO TO: Step 7 ⇒ page 154 .
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Were Values obtained?
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
7 • Final Procedure ♦ YES:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
• Perform a road test to verify repair. ♦ Check the DTC memory. Refer to
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Mem‐
c by lksw
cted
• Do any DTC’s return:
agen
ory”, page 5 .
Prote AG.
End of diagnosis.
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
froster, switched off.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
position “P” or “N”.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
es, in part or in w
chassis OK.
t to the co
• Ignition switched off.
rrectness of i
Test procedure
l purpos
nf
ercia
Start diagnosis
orm
m
n in
c
thi
te
sd
a
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
t.
yi Co
op py
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) approx. ambient air tem‐ t. C rig
gh ht
perature yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
If the specified value is not obtained: Prote AG.
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
ion
in t
or
his
te
do
priv
cum
or
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Area B: Resistance values 50 to 100° C. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Specified values:
Read-out examples:
♦ Range A, 30° C equals a resistance of 1.5 to 2.0 kΩ
♦ Range B, 80° C equals a resistance of 275 to 375Ω
If any of the specified values are not obtained:
– Replace the Intake Air Temperature Sensor - G42- . Refer to
⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr.
24 ; Fuel Injection System, Servicing .
Testing if display approx. -40° C or -46° C:
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
– Disconnect the Intake Air yV
olTemperature Sensor - G42-
ks oelectri‐
t gu
cal harness connector ised -4-.
b ara
nte
or eo
h
– Using a Remotes aut Control for VAG1348 - V.A.G. 1348/3–3- , ra
c
connect the Intake
s Air Temperature Sensor - G42- electrical
ce
le
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
tion in
thi
s
iva
cum
fo
t.
⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr.
yi Co
op py
24 ; Fuel Injection System, Servicing . . C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
If indication remains at approx. -40° C or -46° C:
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Testing if display 140° C:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
pt
to
an
d
itte
ab
page 184 .
pe
ility
ot
wit
h re
hole
Final procedures
spec
es, in part or in w
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
t to the co
a
com
tion in
End of diagnosis.
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
Note rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the ss c
ce
e
pt
du
Sensor - G62- .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Multimeter .
hole
spec
♦ jumper wire .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
rrectness of i
• The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- fuses OK.
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
om
i
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
on
c
in t
position “P” or “N”.
or
his
ate
do
cum
for
t.
yi
chassis OK.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
• Ignition switched off.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
• Engine cold.
agen
Prote AG.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature:
Diagnostic text Specified value
Coolant temperature Approx. coolant temper‐
ature
If the specified value is not obtained:
– Continue test according to the following table:
Indicated Cause Test
approx. - Open circuit or short circuit ⇒ page 161
40.0° C to (B+)
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Indicated Cause Test
an
itte
y li
erm
approx. Short circuit to Ground ⇒ page 162
ab
ility
140.0° C (GND)
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
If the specified value was obtained: hole
spec
– Start the engine and let it run at idle.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of
1.0° C.
rrectness of i
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and
if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature sig‐
l purpos
nal is intermittent.
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- . Re‐
nf
ercia
o
fer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep.
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c
thi
te
sd
a
o
r
rp
cu
electrical harness connector -arrow-.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Specified values:
♦ Range A, 30° C equals a resistance of 1.5 to 2.0 kΩ
♦ Range B, 80° C equals a resistance of 275 to 375Ω
If any of the specified values was not obtained:
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- . Re‐
fer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep.
Gr. 19 ; Cooling System Components, Engine Side .
Testing if display is - 40.0° C
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
erm
ab
– Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor - G62- . Re‐
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
If indication remains at approx. -40.0° C:
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Testing if display is 140.0° C
rrectne
electrical harness connector -arrow-.
s
If indication jumps to approx. -40.0° C:
s o
cial p
f i
– End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
nform
mer
n
c
n thi
te
sd
a
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Checking wiring
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following
C py
ht. rig
step. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Install the Test Box. cted agen
Prote AG.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to ⇒ page 184 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
– End diagnosis.
rrectness of i
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
l purpos
nf
ercia
to
or
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
m
m
atio
page 184 .
om
n in
or c
sd
iva
Final procedures
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
t.
yi Co
in the following sequence: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to p by
o Vo
by c
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
• Ignition switched off.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Test procedure
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Start diagnosis
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The Engine Speed Sensor - G28- detects RPM and reference
marks. Without an engine speed signal, the engine will not start.
If the engine speed signal fails while the engine is running, the
rrectness of i
engine will stop immediately.
l purpos
Function test
– Connect the scan tool.
nform
ercia
at
om
io
in t
or
his
e
do
priv
cum
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– End diagnosis and switch ignition off. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
If the specified value was not obtained: p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Checking internal resistance Prote AG.
pt
du
an
to ⇒ page 184 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
pt
an
d
itte
ab
to
ility
ot p
page 184 .
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Final procedures
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
rrectne
f i
atio
m
n
c
n thi
te
sd
a
End of diagnosis.
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
11/12
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
166
cted agen
Prote
Rep. Gr.24 - Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic
olksw
Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
AG. V agen AG
agen does
lksw not
2.9 Fuel Injectors N30, N31, N32, N33,
o
yV gu
db ara
ise nte
Checking
r
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
The following test procedure is used to diagnose all fuel injectors.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Special tools and workshop equipment required
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Multimeter .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Diode test lamp (12V) .
h re
hole
spec
♦ Wiring diagram.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Test requirements
• The Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector - N30- , Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -
N31- , Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector - N32- , Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector
rrectness of i
- N33- fuses are OK.
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
om
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
position “P” or “N”.
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
• A/C switched off.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
gh ht
pyri by
chassis OK.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
– Observe safety precautions.
– Observe rules for cleanliness.
Procedure
– Remove the engine cover with air filter .
– Disconnect the Fuel Injector electrical harness connectors
from the Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector - N30- , Cylinder 2 Fuel In‐
jector - N31- , Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector - N32- , Cylinder 4 Fuel
Injector - N33- .
Checking internal resistance
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Injector electrical terminals
1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 14.0 to 20.0 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Replace the malfunctioning Fuel Injector . Refer to ⇒ Engine
Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 24 ; Fuel
Injection and Ignition, General Information .
If the specified value was obtained:
Checking activation
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
step.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Install the Test Box Adapter Cable (121-point) - VAG1598/31- .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
h re
lowing step.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
tor electri‐ Control Module
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
nector ter‐ terminals
hole
spec
minals
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector - N30- 2 96
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
thi
te
sd
a
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), m
f
en
ng
t.
or Ground (GND).
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
rig ht
py by
loose or broken terminals.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring:
– Install the engine cover with air filter .
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
page 184 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
Rev DAB 9-16-14
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
The following table provides a link to all diagnostic modes that
rm
ab
monitor all components and systems which influence the emis‐
pe
ility
sion quality.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “3.1 Heated Oxygen Sensor G39 , Checking”, page 171
hole
spec
⇒ “3.2 Oxygen Sensor in Bank 1 Center Three Way Catalytic Converter G465 , Engine Code BBW, Check‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ing”, page 174
⇒ “4 Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter G130 , Checking”, page 177
rrectness of i
⇒ “4.1 Motronic Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay J271 , Checking”, page 179
l purpos
nform
ercia
ing
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Note
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor -
Co
op py
G39- .
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Special tools and workshop equipment required
agen
Prote AG.
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- fuse OK.
• The Oxygen Sensor Heater - Z19- before catalytic converter
OK. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Oxygen Sensor Heater Z19 for Heated Oxygen Sensor
G39 before Three Way Catalytic Converter, Checking”,
page 139 .
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head
properly sealed.
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
– Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions”, page 12 .
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39- d by electrical
Vo
har‐ gu
ara
ness connector -3-. orise nte
th eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
– Using a Multimeter , check the Heated Oxygen Sensor - G39-
rrectne
electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
– Switch ignition on.
ss o
cial p
f
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
inform
mer
i
or
n thi
te
o
r
cum
r
fo
en
ng
pt
an
d
y li
erm
h re
ole,
– End diagnosis.
s
f inform
to
atio
m
n
c
i
or
page 184 .
thi
te
sd
va
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Final procedures yi
t.
Co
op py
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
in the following sequence: p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Way Catalytic Converter, OK. Refer to
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Center Three Way Catalytic Converter G465 , Engine Code
ot p
wit
BBW, Checking”, page 143 .
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
t to the co
froster, switched off.
• A/C switched off.
rrectness of i
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
l purpos
chassis OK.
• Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head
nf
ercia
properly sealed.
orm
m
atio
• Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
om
n in
or c
Test procedure
thi
te
sd
iva
cu
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Start diagnosis t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
– Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to p by
co Vo
⇒ “2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Diagnostic Functions”, page 12 .
AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ter Three Way Catalytic Converter - G465- electrical harness
es, in part or in w
t to the co
connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
– Switch ignition on.
rrectness of i
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
alytic Converter - G465- . Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel
om
ion
Injection & Ignition, Repair Group 24.
c
in t
or
his
te
do
priv
cum
or
Checking wiring
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following Cop py
t. rig
step. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
– Install the Test Box Adapter Cable (121-point) - VAG1598/31- .
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
page 184 .
pt
y li
erm
ab
wit
h re
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
– End diagnosis.
t to the co
page 184 .
cial p
f inform
atio
m
Final procedures
o
n
c
i
or
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
thi
te
sd
a
o
pr
cum
r
fo
t.
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to rig ht
py by
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
Note
ce
e
nl
pt
• The Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter -
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
• Heater for Oxygen Sensor 1 after Catalytic Converter - Z29-
ot p
OK.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
t to the co
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position
rrectness of i
“P” or “N”.
l purpos
nform
ercia
chassis OK.
m
at
• Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head
om
io
properly sealed.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
do
priv
cum
Test procedure
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Co
Cop py
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Start diagnosis
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Diagnostic Mode 06 - Read Test Results for Specific
Diagnostic Functions”, page 12 .
– End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained:
Procedure
– Remove the protective cover.
4. Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter G130 , Checking 177
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
G. Volkswagen
– Using a Multimeter , check wathe
genOxygen
A
Sensor After
AG do
es n Three
olks
Way Catalytic Converter by V - G130- electrical harness connector
ot g
ua
d
terminals 3 to 4 ofor
ir se voltage.
ran
te
h eo
ut ra
Specified value:
ss 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
a c
ce
le
pt
an
d
itte
y li
ab
pe
ility
wit
, is n
verter - G130- .
h re
hole
spec
t to the co
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following
step.
rrectness of i
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
lowing step.
nform
ercia
a
com
to
ion in
thi
page 184 .
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
erm
ab
and Ground (GND).
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
loose or broken terminals.
hole
spec
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
l purpos
atio
m
n in
or c
– End diagnosis.
thi
te
sd
iva
cu
o
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer C py
t. rig
to gh ht
yri by
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”, cop Vo
by lksw
page 184 .
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter G130 , Checking 179
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Multimeter byV
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ wiring diagrams uth or eo
a ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Note
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The manufacturers test box Adapter Cable (121-point) -
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Tool catalog .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Test requirements
t to the co
• The fuse for the engine electronics OK.
• The Ground (GND) connections at the engine and transmis‐
rrectness of i
sion OK.
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
om
io
Test procedure
n
c
in t
or
his
e
do
riv
cum
for
en
g
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Using the Multimeter , check the following wiring connections ht. rig
rig ht
for voltage.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Motronic Engine Con‐ Measure to
trol Module - J220-
electrical connector
T121 terminal or test
box socket
1 Battery Positive (B+)
62 Engine Ground (GND)
Specified value: approx. battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
– Using the Multimeter , check the following wiring connections
for voltage.
Motronic Engine Control Measure to
Module - J220- electrical
connector T121 terminal or
test box socket
23 Engine Ground (GND)
– Switch ignition on.
Specified value: 12.5. battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained:
– Using the Multimeter , check previously checked wiring con‐
nections for continuity.
Specified value: Wire resistance max 1.5 Ω.
– If necessary, Repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring:
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
to
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
page 184 .
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Final procedures
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
rrectne
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
ss
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
o
cial p
f
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
inform
mer
atio
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
om
n
c
i
or
n
End of diagnosis.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Oxygen Sensor After Three Way Catalytic Converter G130 , Checking 181
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
5.1 Function
Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- regulates fuel injection,
Throttle Valve Control Module - J338- , oxygen sensor regulation,
ignition, knock control, EVAP Canister Purge Regulator Valve 1 -
N80- , engine speed limitation through fuel injectors or Fuel Pump
Relay - J17- as well as On Board Diagnostic (OBD).
ce
le
un
pt
• The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- fuses OK.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position
urposes, in part or in wh
“P” or “N”.
t to the co
• A/C switched off.
rrectne
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
ss
• Ignition switched off. o
cial p
f in
Test procedure
form
mer
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Start diagnosis
t
sd
iva
o
pr
en
ng
t.
yi
Checking voltage
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuel Pump Relay - J17- socket
ht
pyri by
Vo
17 to Ground (GND).
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Fuel
Pump Relay - J17- socket 17 for an open circuit or a short
circuit.
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
pt
du
an
y li
erm
ab
wit
, is n
orm
atio
m
n in
or c
sd
a
to
iv
o
r
rp
cu
m
f
page 184 .
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
183
cted agen
Prote
5. Motronic Engine Control Module J220
AG.
Golf, GTI, Jetta, R32 2001 ➤
Generic Scan Tool - Edition 10.2014
Final procedures
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence: wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to ed
by ara
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”,
horis page 5 . nte
eo
t
au ra
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer
ss to c
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
y li
rm
ab
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
pe
ility
ot
wit
End of diagnosis.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
J220- , Replacing
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
Special tools and workshop equipment required
l purpos
♦ Heat Gun .
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
nform
mercia
a
com
t
Note
ion in
r
te o
thi
When the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- electrical har‐
s
iva
do
ness connectors are disconnected, the adaptation values are
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Work procedure ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
Check the identification of the previous Motronic Engine Control
by lksw
cted agen
Module - J220- as follows:
Prote AG.
– Press the mounting bracket -arrow- toward the left and pull
control module out.
Installation
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the fol‐
lowing:
The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- must be installed
with the protective housing.
Use new shear bolts when installing the Motronic Engine Control
Module - J220- .
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- oReprogramming
lksw
ag does
not
byV gu
ara
– The new Motronic Engine Control ris Module - J220- and immo‐
ed
nte
bilizer must be activated. Refer
aut
h to the ⇒ Ebahn website for
o eo
ra
ECM and immobilizer activation
ss instructions. c
ce
le
un
Final procedures
pt
an
d
itte
y li
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
erm
ab
in the following sequence:
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
rrectne
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of procedure.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
precautions. Refer to ⇒ page 137 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Special tools and workshop equipment required erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Multimeter .
wit
is n
h re
♦ Wiring diagram.
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
Test requirements
t to the co
• The Speedometer - G21- OK.
• The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- fuses OK.
rrectne
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
s
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
s o
froster, switched off.
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
n
c
i
chassis OK.
or
n thi
te
sd
va
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Test procedure
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. . C rig
ht ht
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
Start diagnosis
agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
If the DTC does not return:
nl
pt
du
an
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
ility
ot p
wit
– End diagnosis.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
and the voltage supply was OK:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
rrectness of i
page 184 .
l purpos
nform
ercia
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
gh ht
pyri by
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
End of diagnosis.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which
are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange
information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is
recognized as a malfunction by the Motronic Engine Control Mod‐
ule - J220- and the other control modules connected to the CAN-
Bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a ter‐
minal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the
Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- .
Procedure
– Disconnect the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -
J533- electrical harness connector.
Note
pt
an
d
Checking wiring
itte
y li
erm
ab
step.
wit
is n
h re
spec
t to the co
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
rrectne
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
ss
page 184 .
o
cial p
f in
n
c
n thi
te
sd
a
o
pr
en
t.
yi Co
tor T32a terminals . Cop py
rig
ht ht
20 (Can_Bus Low) 58
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
19 (Can_Bus High) 60
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
rm
ab
pe
ility
If the specified value was not obtained:
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
hole
spec
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
rrectness of i
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
l purpos
nform
ercia
a
com
tion in
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
r
te o
thi
If the DTC does not return:
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
fo
en
g
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– End diagnosis.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
and the voltage supply was OK:
AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Website .
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
♦ All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may
es, in part or in w
t to the co
be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are avail‐
able for purchase through the manufacturer. Refer to ⇒ Tool
catalog .
rrectness of i
♦ Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that con‐
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same
rm
m
atio
manner as the manufacturers special tool.
om
n in
or c
thi
e
sd
iva
o
r
ing
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Test requirements
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
• Oxygen Sensors OK.
agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
electrical harness connector of Engine Coolant Temperature
pe
ility
Sensor - G62- .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Multimeter .
♦ jumper wire . t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Wiring diagram.
l purpos
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- fuses OK.
nform
ercia
a
com
ti
thi
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
s
iva
cum
fo
t.
yi
position “P” or “N”.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
• A/C switched off.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
cted agen
Prote AG.
chassis OK.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
Checking internal resistance
– Disconnect the Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 - G235-
electrical harness connector.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Exhaust Gas Temperature
Sensor 1 - G235- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: OL Ω
If the specification was obtained:
– Replace the Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 - G235- .
If the specification was Not obtained:
Checking Voltage supply
– Disconnect the Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 - G235-
electrical harness connector -2-.
– Switch the ignition on.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
– Using a Multimeter , check the Exhaust Gas Temperature
ce
le
un
pt
Sensor 1 - G235- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to
an
d
itte
2 for voltage.
y li
erm
ab
ility
Specified value: 4.50 to 5.10 Volts
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
If any of the specified values was not obtained:
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following
rrectne
step.
– Install the Test Box.
ss o
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
cial p
f in
lowing step.
form
mer
to
o
n
c
i
or
page 184 .
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring:
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
hole
spec
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
l purpos
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
nform
ercia
at
io
to
n
c
in t
r
his
te
page 184 .
a
do
priv
cum
or
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Final procedures Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed py by
co Vo
in the following sequence:
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
ce
e
nl
2 Secondary Air Injection System
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
ility
ot p
tion.
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “2.1 Principle and Function”, page 194
hole
spec
⇒ “2.2 Combination Valve, Checking”, page 194
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.3 Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay J299 , Checking”, page 195
⇒ “2.4 Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor V101 , Checking”, page 197
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Principle
m
at
om
Due to the rich mixture during the cold start phase, the exhaust
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
dary oxidation within the catalytic converter, thereby reducing
priv
c
harmful emissions. The heat released by Secondary oxidation
um
for
en
g
t.
yi Co
as well as significantly improves emissions quality during the cold- Cop py
t. rig
running phase. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
Function
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ During cold start (with coolant temperatures +15 to +35° C),
the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system blows air behind the
exhaust valve for approx. 65 Seconds. This produces an oxy‐
gen rich exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces
the heating-up phase of the catalytic converter.
♦ In addition, the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) system is switch‐
ed on with a delay of approx. 20 Seconds during idle for 5
Seconds after every subsequent engine start up to max. 80°
C coolant temperature and is checked via On Board Diagnos‐
tic (OBD).
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
– Connect Hand Vacuum Pump - V.A.G. 1390- to combination
t to the co
valve vacuum connection.
– Inject a light air pressure into the in Secondary Air Injection
rrectne
hose to close the combination valve. (do not use compressed
air).
ss
• The combination valve should close and seal. Air should not
o
cial p
f
be able to pass through the combination valve.
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
through the combination valve.
thi
te
sd
va
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Switch the ignition on.
ility
ot p
wit
– Using a Multimeter , check the Fuse (on fuse panel) - 43- to
, is n
h re
Secondary Air Injection Pump Relay - J299- socket 1/30 for
hole
spec
voltage.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Specified value: battery voltage.
– Switch the ignition off.
rrectness of i
If the specified value was not obtained:
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
If the specified value was obtained:
om
ion
c
in t
r
Checking activation
o
his
ate
do
riv
cum
for
en
g
t.
yi Co
Relay - J299- socket 2/87 to Ground (GND) t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
Specified value: battery voltage. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Switch the ignition off. Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
ility
ot p
wit
– End diagnosis.
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
page 184 . rrectne
Final procedures
inform
mer
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
atio
m
n
c
i
or
sd
a
o
pr
cum
r
fo
t.
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
gh ht
yri by
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
End of diagnosis.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
pt
du
y li
erm
ab
– Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or
ility
ot p
broken terminals.
wit
, is n
spec
If the specified value was obtained:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
or
atio
m
n in
or c
thi
e
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
t
sd
iva
or Ground (GND).
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
t.
yi Co
loose or broken terminals. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was Prote AG.
OK:
– Replace Secondary Air Injection Pump Motor - V101- . Refer
to ⇒ Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr.
26 ; Secondary Air Injection System .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Connect the Secondary air injection hose -arrow-.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
rrectne
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
s
– End diagnosis.
s o
cial p
f i
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK: nform
mer
atio
m
n
c
to
i
or
n thi
e
sd
va
page 184 .
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
t.
yi Co
op py
Final procedures
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
in the following sequence: Prote AG.
Note
pt
an
d
y li
erm
⇒ Tool catalog .
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
pt
ab
ility
wit
, is n
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove Fuse 6 (on fuse panel B) SB6 and Fuse 29 (on fuse
panel B) SB29 from the fuse holder, E-box, plenum chamber.
l purpos
tion in
thi
s
iva
do
r
cum
fo
t.
yi Co
op
Engine Control Motronic ME 7 Motronic ME 7.5 C py
ht. rig
Module System rig ht
py by
identification
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Engine idle 790 to 890 RPM (not 790 to 890 RPM (not
AG.
Engine code AVH, AZG, BEV, (2.0 BBW (2.0 L / 85 kW n AG. Volkswagen AG do
L / 85 kW MPI engine) MPI engine) olkswage es n
o
V t gu
by
Ignition se‐ 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
ris
ed
ara
nte
quence tho eo
s au ra
c
Ignition timing Not adjustable, regu‐ Not adjustable,
s regula‐
ce
le
lated by Electronic ted by Electronic con‐
un
pt
an
d
control module trol module
itte
y li
rm
ab
Ignition system Individual coil pack Individual coil pack ig‐
pe
ility
ignition system con‐ nition system connec‐
ot
wit
, is n
nected directly to ted directly to spark
h re
spark plugs via the ig‐ plugs via the ignition
hole
spec
nition cables. cables.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Spark plug type 101 000 062 AB 101 000 062 AB
Manufacturer PZF R5D-11 PZF R5D-11
code
rrectness of i
Spark plug gap max 0.9 to 1.1 mm max 0.9 to 1.1 mm
l purpos
Tightening tor‐ 30 Nm 25 Nm
que
nform
ercia
a
com
ti
Checking
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
Note
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in har‐ Cop py
ht. rig
ness connector of Camshaft Position Sensor - G40- . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Special tools and workshop equipment required
Prote AG.
♦ Multimeter .
♦ Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
• The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- fuses OK.
• Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
froster, switched off.
• Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into
position “P” or “N”.
• A/C switched off.
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
– Remove the engine cover with air filter .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
se nte
– Using a Multimeter , Check the Camshaft Position
thori Sensor - eo
G40- electrical harness connector terminals
s a 1 to 3 for voltage.
u ra
c
s
ce
le
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
If the specification was not obtained:
ot p
wit
is n
Checking wiring
h re
ole,
spec
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following
urposes, in part or in wh
step.
t to the co
– Install the Adapter Cable (121-point) - VAG1598/31- . Refer to
Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection & Ignition, Repair Group 24.
rrectne
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
lowing step.
ss o
cial p
f
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
inform
to
mer
atio
m
page 184 .
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
le
un
pt
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
pe
ility
ot
wit
If the DTC does not return:
, is n
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
es, in part or in w
page 184 .
m
a
com
Final procedures
thi
s
iva
do
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
r
rp
cum
fo
t.
yi Co
op
1- Check the DTC memory C py
t. rig
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
pt
du
an
y li
erm
ab
wit
, is n
Checking voltage
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
pt
an
d
itte
broken terminals.
y li
erm
ab
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Checking wiring
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following
step.
– Install the test box.
rrectne
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the fol‐
s
lowing step.
s o
cial p
f i
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
nform
to
mer
atio
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
om
page 184 .
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
itte
y li
erm
ab
If the specified value was not obtained:
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
broken terminals.
– If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
rrectness of i
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
If the DTC does not return:
rm
m
atio
m
n in
c
thi
te
sd
a
– End diagnosis.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
en
ng
t.
and the voltage supply was not OK:
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
gh ht
yri by
to
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
agen
Prote AG.
page 184 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final Procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
y li
erm
ab
froster, switched off.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
position “P” or “N”.
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
• Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/
chassis OK.
rrectne
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
ss o
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
cial p
f in
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
form
mer
atio
Start diagnosis
om
n
c
i
– Remove the engine cover with air filter .
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Before disconnecting the Knock Sensor electrical harness con‐
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
nectors, mark the component location. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect the Knock Sensor 1 - G61- electrical harness con‐
nector-1- or the Knock Sensor 2 - G66- electrical harness
connector -2-.
Checking internal resistance
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
rm
OK:
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ing and Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Install the engine cover with air filter .
rrectness of i
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
l purpos
a
com
tio
thi
s
iva
do
– End diagnosis.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
t.
yi Co
and the voltage supply was OK: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer p by
o Vo
by c
to
lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
AG.
page 184 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
pt
an
d
y li
rm
wit
, is n
spec
• All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window de‐
es, in part or in w
a
com
tio
Test procedure
n in
r
te o
thi
do
cum
fo
en
g
Start diagnosis
n
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the engine cover with air filter .
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
pt
broken terminals.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
h re
Checking activation
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
WARNING
nf
ercia
atio
m
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
pt
ness connector T6 to the Motronic Engine Control Module -
an
d
itte
y li
J220- electrical harness connector T121 for an open circuit.
rm
ab
pe
ility
Ignition Coil 1, 2, 3, 4 with Motronic Engine Control Module
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
electrical harness con‐
es, in part or in w
nector T6 terminal
t to the co
N70/2 102
N127/3 95
rrectness of i
N291/4 103
l purpos
N292/5 94
nform
ercia
tion in
r
thi
do
r
rp
cum
en
ng
broken terminals.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection. pyri
gh by
Vo
ht
o
by c
If the specified values were obtained:
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Replace Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- .
– Enable the power supply to the Cylinder 1, 2, 3, 4 Fuel Injectors
- N70, N127, N291, N292- by re-installing Fuse 29 (on fuse
panel B) from the fuse holder SB29, in the E-box, plenum
chamber.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Install the engine cover with air filter .
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
ility
ot
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
wit
, is n
h re
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
If the DTC does not return:
t to the co
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
rrectness of i
– End diagnosis.
l purpos
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
nform
ercia
to
a
com
tio
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
n in
r
page 184 .
te o
thi
s
iva
do
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
Final procedures
n
t.
yi Co
op py
After Repair work, the following work steps must be performed in
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
the following sequence: p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Readiness Code Description”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.5 Solenoid Valve, N88, N89, N90, N91, N92, N93 and N94 in Valve Body, Checking”, page 228
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Automatic Transmission; Rep. Gr. 37 ; Transmission, Disassem‐
bling and Assembling .
rrectness of i
For all Automatic Transmission system removal/installation pro‐
cedures and torque specifications. Refer to ⇒ Automatic Trans‐
l purpos
nf
ercia
o
Check the Technical Bulletins for information that may supersede
rm
m
atio
m
Website .
o
n in
or c
thi
Before performing any pin point test or component diagnosis, a
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
t.
yi
any information included in this manual. Refer to ⇒ EBAHN-
Co
Cop py
Website . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Connect the scan tool. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using the scan tool, check for any stored or related DTC's.
If other DTC's are stored:
– Repair these DTC's first before performing the following pro‐
cedure.
If no other DTC's are stored:
– Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
– Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the customers
complaint.
If the DTC returns:
– Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return:
– The fault is intermittent or a sporadic condition may exist.
– Check the suspected component, electrical harness and elec‐
trical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
– Perform a road test to verify the Repair.
Note
pt
du
an
y li
erm
terminals!
ab
ility
ot p
the following:
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Safety precautions
t to the co
WARNING
rrectness of i
ion
c
his
e
ponents.
at
do
priv
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
WARNING
an
itte
y li
ab
ility
ot p
Test procedure
wit
, is n
h re
spec
t to the co
Start diagnosis
– Switch the ignition on.
rrectness of i
atio
om
n in
thi
te
o
r
cu
o
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
e
Range Switch - F125- electrical harness connector terminal 7 nl
pt
du
an
to Ground (GND) for voltage.
itte
y li
erm
ab
Specified value, Battery voltage.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
If the specified value was not obtained:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check the wiring from the Multifunction Transmission Range
Switch - F125- electrical harness connector terminal 7 to the
Transmission Control Module - J217- electrical harness con‐
rrectness of i
nector T68 terminal 23 for an open circuit, short to ground
(GND) or a short to Battery (+).
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
Checking wiring
atio
om
n in
c
thi
e
step.
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Install the test box.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
Co
op py
lowing step.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py Vo
– Remove the Transmission Control Module - J217- . Refer to
co lksw
by
cted agen
⇒ “2.3 Transmission Control Module J217 , Replacing”, page Prote AG.
234 .
pt
or Ground (GND).
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
h re
not OK:
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
234 .
o
cial p
f inform
n
c
n thi
te
sd
o
pr
cum
r
fo
t.
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 . Cop
yi Co
py
ht. rig
– End diagnosis. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring Prote
cted AG.
agen
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
page 184 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase DTC memory of the Transmission Con‐
trol Module - J217- .
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Test procedure
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
hole
spec
Start diagnosis
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect the Transmission Vehicle Speed Sensor - G38-
electrical harness connector -arrow-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, rrectness of i
loose or broken terminals.
l purpos
at
ion
c
in t
his
ate
do
riv
Checking wiring
p
cum
for
t.
yi
step.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Install the Adapter - VAG1598/18- .
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
agen
Prote AG.
lowing step.
– Remove the Transmission Control Module - J217- .
⇒ “2.3 Transmission Control Module J217 , Replacing”, page
234 .
ce
le
un
pt
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
rm
ab
pe
ility
– End diagnosis.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
page 184 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal. rrectness of i
l purpos
Final procedures
nform
ercia
a
com
tion in
thi
cum
fo
t.
yi
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
End of diagnosis.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.3 Vehicle Speed Sensor - G68- , Checking
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Multimeter
♦ Wiring diagram
Requirements
• The Vehicle Speed Sensor - G68- fuse OK.
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
• The parking brake must be engaged.
• The selector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
• Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
– Disconnect the Vehicle Speed Sensor - G68- electrical har‐
ness connector -1-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following
step.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
– Install the Adapter - VAG1598/18- . lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
If the manufacturers test box is not being
ir se used, perform the fol‐
d b ran
tee
lowing step. utho
or
a ac
ss
– Remove the Transmission Control Module - J217- .
ce
le
pt
an
d
234 .
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
y li
rm
OK:
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
tion in
r
thi
do
r
rp
cum
– End diagnosis.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring Cop py
and the voltage supply was OK:
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
to
AG.
ce
le
un
Requirements
pt
an
d
itte
y li
• The Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor - G93- fuse OK.
rm
ab
pe
ility
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
• The selector lever must be in the “P” position.
• The Ground (GND) connections to transmission must be OK.
rrectness of i
• Ignition switched off.
l purpos
Test procedure
nform
ercia
a
com
tio
Start diagnosis
n in
r
te o
thi
– Disconnect the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor -
s
iva
do
G93- electrical harness connector -1-.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
t.
yi Co
op
loose or broken terminals. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
If the specified values are obtained: itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Checking wiring
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
step.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
lowing step.
rrectness of i
– Remove the Transmission Control Module - J217- .
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Fluid Tempera‐
un
pt
an
ture Sensor - G93- electrical harness connector T 12 terminals
d
itte
y li
to the Transmission Control Module - J217- electrical harness
rm
ab
pe
connector T68 terminals for an open circuit.
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Transmission Fluid Tempera‐ Transmission Control Module -
h re
hole
ture Sensor - G93- electrical J217- electrical connector T68
spec
harness connector T12 termi‐ terminals or test box sockets
es, in part or in w
t to the co
nal
12 6
rrectness of i
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
l purpos
If the specified value was not obtained:
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
nform
ercia
or Ground (GND). m
a
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
OK:
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Replace the Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor - G93- .
fo
en
ng
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Special tools and workshop equipment required
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Multimeter
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Wiring diagram urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Requirements
• The Solenoid Valve fuses OK.
rrectne
• The battery voltage must be at least 12.5 Volts.
• All electrical consumers must be switched off.
ss o
cial p
f
• The parking brake must be engaged.
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
sd
iva
o
pr
c
Test procedure
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Co
Cop py
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Start diagnosis by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect the Solenoid Valve electrical harness connector
-2-.
– Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion,
loose or broken terminals.
– Repair any damage found to the electrical harness connector.
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
– Repair the malfunction.
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
Checking resistance
pt
step.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
wit
, is n
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
h re
hole
lowing step.
spec
es, in part or in w
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
un
pt
Solenoid Valve 3 - 5 9
an
d
itte
y li
N90-
erm
ab
ility
Solenoid Valve 4 - 6 47
ot p
wit
N91-
is n
h re
ole,
Solenoid Valve 5 - 7 56
spec
N92-
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
Solenoid Valve 6 - 2 22
N93- 8 58
Solenoid Valve 7 - 10 10
rrectne
N94-
ss
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
o
cial p
f in
If the specified value was not obtained:
form
mer
– Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+),
atio
m
or Ground (GND).
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
sd
iva
o
pr
c
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not
um
r
fo
en
ng
OK: yi
t.
Co
op py
– Replace the faulty Solenoid Valve . Refer to ⇒ Automatic
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Transmission; Rep. Gr. 37 ; Transmission, Disassembling p by
co Vo
and Assembling .
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK:
– Replace the Transmission Control Module - J217- . Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Transmission Control Module J217 , Replacing”, page
234 .
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
– End diagnosis.
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
page 184 .
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
ce
e
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
nl
pt
du
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
2- If necessary, erase DTC memory of the Transmission Con‐
ility
ot p
trol Module - J217- .
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
h re
hole
spec
3- Generate readiness code.
es, in part or in w
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
t to the co
End of diagnosis.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.1 Function
The Transmission Control Module - J217- receives information
from the components that affect the shifts and forwards this in‐
formation to the pressure regulator valves of the valve body,
which control the slide valves in the valve body.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
• The parking brake engaged.
itte
y li
erm
ab
• The selector lever of automatic transmission in position “P”.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
• The ignition switched off.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis rrectness of i
l purpos
Removal
nform
ercia
– Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Transmission Control Module J217 , Replacing”, page
m
at
om
234 .
on
c
in t
or
cum
or
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
If the electrical harness connector is not OK:
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Repair the malfunction. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
If the electrical harness connector is OK:
AG.
Checking voltage
– Switch the ignition on.
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
- J217- electrical harness connector T68 terminal 45 to Ground
(GND) for voltage.
ce
le
234 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
ility
ot p
wit
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
– End diagnosis.
rrectne
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
and the voltage supply was OK:
ss o
cial p
to
mer
page 184 .
o
n
c
i
or
sd
iva
o
r
cum
r
fo
the following:
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Final procedures C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to copy Vo
by lksw
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 . cted agen
Prote AG.
End of diagnosis.
Note
Procedure
Check the identification of the previous Transmission Control
Module - J217- as follows:
– Connect the scan tool.
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select “Diagnostic mode 9: Vehicle information.”
– Select the“Test-ID 04: Calibration identification”.
– The Transmission Control Module
swa
ge-n J217-
AG. Volkidentification
swagen AG
doeswill be
displayed, e.g.: 09G27750
by
VL
olk0301 not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
– End Test-ID 04: Calibration identification and switch the igni‐
tho e or
tion off. s au ac
s
ce
e
Removal
nl
pt
du
an
itte
ab
ility
wit
-direction of arrow-.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
n in
or c
-direction of arrow-.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
ce
le
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
ot
wit
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
End of procedure.
t to the co
2.4 Additional signals (Automatic Transmis‐
rrectness of i
sion), checking
l purpos
The following table provides quick links to all chapters in this sec‐
tion.
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.4.1 CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Transmission Control Module J217 to Motronic Engine Control Module
m
a
com
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
en
ng
t.
yi
mission Control Module - J217- to Mo‐
Co
Cop py
t. rig
tronic Engine Control Module - J220- ,
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Checking
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Test procedure
– Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Preliminary Check”, page 23
Start diagnosis
Removal
– Remove the Transmission Control Module - J217- . Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Transmission Control Module J217 , Replacing”, page
234
Note
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
The Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- mustVremain
olks
wag con‐ does
not
nected for the following step. ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
– Using a Multimeter , check the Control Transmission
ss
a Module c
- J217- electrical harness connector T68 terminals 3 to 25 for
ce
e
nl
pt
resistance.
du
an
itte
y li
Specified value: 60 to 72 Ω (at approx. 20° C)
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit
hole
spec
to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
broken terminals.
rrectness of i
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
l purpos
nform
ercia
at
om
io
If the specified value was obtained:
n
c
in t
or
his
e
Checking wiring
at
do
priv
step.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Install the Adapter F/VAG1598 (68 Pin) - VAG1598/22- t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Install the Adapter - VAG1598/18- .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the fol‐
lowing step.
– Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
to
⇒ “5.3 Motronic Engine Control Module J220 , Replacing”,
page 184 .
– Using a Multimeter , check the Transmission Control Module
- J217- electrical harness connector T68 to the Motronic En‐
gine Control Module - J220- electrical harness connector T121
for resistance.
Transmission Control Mod‐ Motronic Engine Control Module -
ule - J217- electrical har‐ J220- electrical connector T121 ter‐
ness connector T68 termi‐ minals or test box sockets
nals
3 (Can_Bus Low) 58
25 (Can_Bus High) 60
Specified value: 1.5 Ω Max.
ce
le
un
pt
an
– Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or
d
itte
y li
broken terminals.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– If necessary, Repair the faulty wiring connection.
wit
is n
h re
If no malfunction is found in the wiring:
ole,
spec
– Erase the DTC memory. Refer to urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7
– Perform a road test to verify Repair.
rrectne
If the DTC does not return:
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to
ss
⇒ “4 Readiness Code”, page 24 .
o
cial p
f inform
– End diagnosis.
mer
atio
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring
om
n
and the voltage supply was OK:
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
– Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module - J220- . Refer
iva
o
r
to
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
page 184 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
Final procedures
cted agen
Prote AG.
After the Repair work, the following work steps must be performed
in the following sequence:
1- Check the DTC memory. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Diagnostic Mode 03 - Read DTC Memory”, page 5 .
2- If necessary, erase the DTC memory.
⇒ “2.6 Diagnostic Mode 04 - Erase DTC Memory”, page 7 .
3- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code.
⇒ “4.1 Readiness Code Description”, page 24 .
End of diagnosis.
Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.
•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on the fuel system or the electrical
system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.
•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
. Volkswage
n AG n AG d
wage oes
V olks not
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported d by on stands designed for the purpose. gu Do not support
ara
e nte
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that oris may crumble under continuous load. Never e owork under a
th
vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work auunder the vehicle while the engine is running. ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
an
d
itte
y li
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is restored, the radio may lock up and
rm
ab
pe
ility
become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
hole
spec
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
es, in part or in w
t to the co
•= Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
rrectness of i
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
being fully alert.
l purpos
•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
nform
ercia
•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
m
a
com
ti
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.
on in
r
te o
thi
•=
s
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
iva
do
r
rp
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
um
fo
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
•=
t rig
Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used pyri
gh by
ht
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts, co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with Prote AG.
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.
Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
aut
horis
Cautions & Warnings nte
eo
ra
ss c
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
ce
le
un
pt
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
an
d
itte
y li
fuel or oil.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
•=
wit
Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
, is n
h re
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
hole
spec
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.
rrectness of i
•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
l purpos
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and procedures will not make good
nform
ercia
repairs.
m
a
com
t
•=
i
Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
on in
r
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
te o
thi
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn spontaneously.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
•= Use pneumatic and electric tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. Never use these tools to tighten
en
ng
i t.
py Co
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners to the tightening torque
. Co py
rig
t
listed. rig
h
by
ht
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
•=
agen
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
Prote AG.
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
govern the disposal of wastes.
•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
automotive chemical refrigerants.
•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase
system pressure and may cause the system to burst.
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s).
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.
Page 2 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Cautions & Warnings autho tee
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
an
d
itte
y li
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
•=
wit
Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
is n
h re
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
ole,
spec
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
rrectne
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
ss
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
o
cial p
f inform
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n
I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 3 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0